environmental impact assessment study

Final Report

Environmental Impact Assessment Study For the

Proposed Enhancement of Phosphoric Acid Production from 700

MTPD to 1000 MTPD P2O5 and Other Auxiliary Facilities within the

Existing Fertilizer Complex

Project Proponent

Coromandel International Limited

Plant Address Post No 1116, Sriharipuram,

Malkapuram Post, Visakhapatnam - 530011

Corporate Office Coromandel International Limited,

Coromandel House, Sardar Patel Road, Secunderabad 500 003, Telangana,

India January 2017

Project Consultant

Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited

Accredited EIA Consulting Organization Certificate No: NABET/EIA/1 011/011

Parry House, 4th Floor, No:2, NSC Bose Road, Parrys, Chennai – 600 001

(A Murugappa Group

Company)

EIA Study for Proposed Enhancement of Phosphoric Acid Production from 700 TPD to 1000 TPD P2O5 and Other Auxiliary Facilities within the Existing Fertilizer Complex of Coromandel International Limited, Visakhapatnam

Project No:PJ-ENVIR-2016425-764, 18th January 2017

Declaration

Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited 2

Coromandel International Limited, Visakhapatnam has conducted the “Environmental Impact Assessment Study for Proposed Enhancement of Phosphoric Acid Production from 700 TPD to 1000 TPD P2O5 and Other Auxiliary Facilities within the Existing Fertilizer Complex of Coromandel International Fertilizers, Visakhapatnam”

The EIA report preparation have been undertaken in compliance with the ToR issued by MoEF & CC. Information and content provided in the report is factually correct for the purpose and objective for such study undertaken.

We hereby declare the ownership of contents (information and data) of EIA/EMP Report.

For on behalf of Coromandel International Limited

Signature

Name:

Designation:

Date: 18th January 2017

DECLARATION BY PROJECT PROPONENT

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Declaration


This EIA report has been prepared by Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited (CMSRSL), in line with EIA Notification, dated 14th September 2006, seeking prior Environmental Clearance from the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, New Delhi.

This work has been undertaken in accordance with ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management System with all reasonable skill, care and diligence within the terms of the contract with the client, incorporating our General Terms & Conditions of Business and taking account of the resources devoted to it by agreement with the client.

We disclaim any responsibility to the client and others in respect of any matters outside the scope of the above.

Further, this report is confidential to the client and the use of this report by unauthorized third parties without written authorization from CMSRSL shall be at their own risk.

For and on behalf of Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited

Approved by : N V Subba Rao

Sign :

Designation : Chief Executive

Date : 18th January 2017

DECLARATION BY EIA CONSULTANT

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Declaration


I, hereby, certify that I was part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the

above EIA.

Sector as per NABET Scheme 16 Chemical Fertilizer Sector as per EIA Notification 5(a) Chemical Fertilizer EIA Coordinator: Name: Mr. B.P.Raju

Signature: Date: 18th January 2016 Period of Involvement: April to till date Contact Information: M/s. Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited

“PARRY” House 3rd Floor, No. 2 NSC Bose Road, Chennai – 600 001 [email protected] +91-044- 3044 5620

Functional Area Experts:

S.No. Functional Areas Name of the Expert/s Involvement (Period and Task) Signature

1 AP- Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring & Control

Mr. Ravishankar D

April to till date Task: Site visit, design of Ambient air quality monitoring network, evaluation of result of ambient air quality monitoring, inferring baseline data collected, identification of potential impact to air quality during construction and operation phase, developing and finalizing EMP to minimize impact to air quality.

2 WP- Water Pollution Monitoring Prevention & Control

Mr. V S Bhaskar

April to till date Task: Site visit, Finalization of sampling locations, finalizing water balance for the project, inference of baseline data collected identification of impacts and preparation of mitigation plan.

3 SHW- Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Mr. Ravishankar D April to till date Task: Identification of solid waste to be generated from the process and suggesting mitigation plan.

4 MSW – Municipal Solid Waste Ms. Sathya.S April to till date

Task: Identification of solid waste to

PROJECT DECLARATION BY EIA CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Declaration



be generated from the process and suggesting mitigation plan and coordination with EIA coordinator & functional area expert in report writing

5 SE- Socio-Economic Aspects

Dr. Mangalam Balasubramanian

June 2016 to Ongoing Task: Undertaking primary socio-economic survey, identification of social impact due to proposed project, preparation of mitigation plan, development of CSR plan.

6 SE- Socio-Economic Aspects

Mr. Karthick C S

April to till date Task: Undertaking primary socio-economic survey, identification of social impact due to proposed project, preparation of mitigation plan, development of CSR plan.

7 EB- Ecology and Biodiversity

Mr. I. Siva Ram Krishna

April to till date Task: Field survey. Impact prediction and suggesting mitigation measures. Preparation of ecology management plan.

8 EB- Ecology and Biodiversity Dr. T. Balakrishna

April to till date Task: Field survey. Impact prediction and suggesting mitigation measures. Preparation of ecology management plan.

9 AQ- Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling & Prediction

Mr. V S Bhaskar

April to till date Task: Supervision of air quality modeling and identification of impacts due to proposed expansion. Finalization of mitigation measures with client.

10 NV- Noise & Vibration Mr. V S Bhaskar

April to till date Task: Inference from noise modelling, identification of potential impacts due to proposed project and developing mitigation measures.

11 LU- Land Use Mr. Rajendra Prasad

April to till date Task: Preparation of land use land cover maps for the study area using GIS/ related tools followed by ground truth verification.

12 HG- Hydrology Ground Water & Water Conservation GEO- Geology

T.P.Natesan

April to till date Task: Aquifer details, groundwater potential, determination of ground use pattern, Study of local hydro-geology, development of rainwater harvesting program, preparation of contour map

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Declaration



for the study area and estimation of groundwater direction.

13 RH- Risk & Hazard Management Mr. V S Bhaskar

April to till date Task: Identification of risk due to storage of fuel and raw materials, interpreting consequence contours, suggesting risk mitigation measures.

Associate Functional Area Experts involved:

1. Mr. Pudi Rama Satya Kamesh – AFAE – AP & AP

2. Mr.B.Mahendra

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/ Authorized Person

I, N.V.Subbarao, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA Report

for the “EIA Study for Proposed Enhancement of Phosphoric Acid Production from 700 TPD

to 1000 TPD P2O5 and Other Auxiliary Facilities within the Existing Fertilizer Complex of

Coromandel International Fertilizers, Visakhapatnam”.

I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any misleading

information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Name : N V Subbarao

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization : M/s.Cholamandalam MS Risk Services

Limited

NABET Certificate No. :NABET/EIA/1316/RA009 &

Extension Letter No.

QCI/NABET/EIA/ACO/ 16/12/0224

dated, 2nd December 2016

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


Executive Summary

1. Introduction

The Coromandel International limited, Visakhapatnam plant at Sriharipuram, Visakhaptnam

was commissioned in the year 1967 and subsequently the plant was fully owned by M/s

Murugappa group, from the year 1995. The existing facility has grown several folds and

catering to the complex fertilizer needs of the country. The facility is involved in the

manufacture of various NPK and fertilizer grades such as 28-28-0, 14-35-14, 20-20-0-13, 10-

26-26, 18-46-0 and 24-24-0-8S etc. depending on the market demand and needs. The existing

facility was expanded in the year 2007 from a production capacity of 2700 MTPD to the

current consented capacity of 3900 MTPD. Prior Environmental Clearance was obtained

from the Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF) for the same.

The existing facility is located within the Visakhapatnam Port Trust Industrial Zone and the

area is widely dominated by industrial and mixed urban land use. Location of the existing

facility and its environs are presented in Figure 1 and Figure 2. The existing facility area

spreads in 436.48 Acres of land with the following facilities: rock phosphate storage and

handling, phosphoric acid plant (PAP), sulphuric acid plant (SAP), ammonia storage tanks,

NPK fertilizer granulation plants and bagging plant. Other utilities consist of raw water

treatment facilities, LSHS boilers, wastewater treatment, and recycling facilities. A dedicated

colony comprising of about 40 residential units and guesthouse is catering the needs of the

plant employees and staff.

Salient features of the study area are presented in Table 1. It can be noted that there are no

notified ecological and wildlife sanctuaries within 10Km radius (Figure 3). The facility is

bordered by petroleum refinery of M/s Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (HPCL) on

the eastern side, urban settlements on the western and southern side. No settlements were

observed on the northern side of the facility boundary. Visakhapatnam international air port is

located at 1Km from the facility boundary on the northern side of the facility.

The facility was issued environmental compliance MoEF, vide letter no. F.No. J-

11011/388/2006-IA-II (I), dated 18th May 2007, F.No. F.No. J-11011/314/2007-IA-II (I),

dated 31st August 2007 and no. F.NO. J-11011/548/2008-IA-II (I), dated 10th June 2009. The

consent For operate under Air (Prevention) and Control of Pollution Act and Water

(Prevention) and Control of Pollution Act are being obtained as per the norms and guidelines

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


of the Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APPCB) from time to time. The latest

consent for Operate issued by APPCB vide letter no. APPCB.VSP/VSP/65/CFO/HO/2015-

454, dated 19th August 2016, is valid up to 31st October 2021.

Table 1 Salient Features of the Study Area S.No Particulars Details

1

Location Visakhapatnam Village Sriharipuram District Visakhapatnam State Andhra Pradesh

2 Elevation above mean sea level (MSL) 6 to 9 m

3 Climatic Conditions as per IMD

Nearest IMD Station Kailsalagiri, Visakhapatnam Annual (averages) Max Temp:41.3 Deg C Annual (averages) Min Temp:13.7 Deg C Predominant Wind Direction (Annual): South West Annual Average Wind Speed: 9 km/h

4 Nearest highway/road NH-16 (3km aerial distance)

5 Defence installations Eastern Naval Command Head Quarters is located at 5 km from the plant boundary

6 Nearest railway station Visakhapatnam Railway Station is located at 4 Km from the plant boundary

7 Nearest airport Visakhapatnam Airport is located at 1Km from the plant boundary

8 Nearest village Gullalapalem, Mulagada, Malkapuram 9 Nearest town Sriharipuram is located at 1.0 Km from the plant boundary

10 Nearest river No rivers were found within 10Kms radius

11 Nearest drain Meghadrigadda Over Flow channel within 500m from plant boundary

12 Archaeologically important places

No Archaeological places were identified within the 10 Km radius from the plant boundary.

13 Nearest place of Tourist/Religious importance

Dolphin Nose, a tourist attraction is identified towards south at 3.5km from the plant boundary.

Simhachalam temple is located at 6.5km from the plant boundary towards Northern direction.

14

Ecologically sensitive areas (National parks/Wildlife sanctuaries/bio-sphere reserves)

No Ecological sensitive areas were identified within 10 Km radius from the plant boundary.

15 Reserved/Protected forests

Narava Reserved Forest is located at 6.5 km from the plant boundary.

Yerrakonda Reserved Forest is located at 9 km from the plant boundary.

Kailasakonda Forest is located at 5 km from the plant boundary.

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


16 List of major industries

Visakhapatnam steel plant, HPCL, Visakhapatnam Port Trust, East India Petroleum Limited Bharat Heavy Electrical Ltd (erstwhile BHPV), Hindustan Zinc Limited, Hindustan Ship Yard, Andhra Petro Chemicals Limited, LG Polymers India Private Limited, Essar Steel, Rain CII,

17 Nature of soil in the study area Red loamy soil, Sandy loamy soil, Black cotton soil

Figure 1 Location of Coromandel International Ltd-Visakhapatnam Plant, Andhra Pradesh

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


Figure 2 Land Use of the Visakhapatnam Port Area

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


Figure 3 Toposheet showing the 10Km radius of the Existing Facility

1.1. Need for the Proposed Expansion Project

In view of demand for fertilizers in India and in order to achieve consented production of

3900 MTPD NP/NPK production, the facility intends to adopt the following modifications

and upgrades, in the upstream of the complex fertilizer manufacturing units. Since the

existing A, B and C granulation plants have adequate capacity to generate a maximum daily

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


production of 3900 MTPD of complex fertilizers, no modifications and upgradation are

envisaged under this upgrade program.

1. Enhancing Phosphoric acid plant production capacity from 700 TPD to 1000 TPD

P2O5 including evaporation section and fluorine recovery unit.

2. De-bottlenecking the existing Sulphuric Acid Plant (SAP)-1 from 1400 TPD to 1700

TPD,

3. De-bottlenecking the existing Sulphuric Acid Plant -2 from 300 TPD to 400 TPD,

4. Installing a 40 TPH coal fired boiler to meet the additional steam required for the

increased evaporation capacity.

5. Installing a 5 MW back pressure turbine in order to maximize the efficiency of steam

utilization.

6. Installing of storage facility for a capacity of 20000 MT (P2O5 solution) for

phosphoric acid.

7. Installation of 400 TPD evaporation system for phosphoric acid including fluorine

recovery system.

The purpose of the proposed project is to optimally utilize the existing main plant capacities

and also to ensure that Phosphoric acid is made available on sustained basis, therefore the

proposed project comprises of retrofitting of PAP units, enhancing the SAP and other

supporting facilities will be developed within the existing facility. Hence procurement of

additional land is not envisaged. Developing the proposed activities within the existing

facility also will help to optimally utilize the existing land within the plant.

1.2. Environmental Impact Assessment Study

The proposed project falls under category ‘A’ of the Chemical Fertilizers sector as per the

EIA Notification, 2006 and its amendments. The project appraised in the MoEF 6th Expert

Appraisal Committee (Industry-2) meeting held on 30th March and 9th Expert Appraisal

Committee (Industry-2) meeting held on 27th June 2016 for undertaking the EIA study. This

EIA study was undertaken by M/s. Cholamandalam MS Risk Services, an NABET accredited

EIA consulting organisation, with specific project related inputs required for undertaking the

EIA studies from the project department of M/s. Coromandel International Limited,

Visakhapatnam. M/s Cholamandalam MS Risk Services is authorized to undertake EIA

studies for Chemical Fertilizer plants as per the NABET accreditation scheme. The

environmental impact assessment study team headed by an accredited EIA Coordinator,

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


along with the approved Functional Area Experts have undertaken detailed baseline studied

between 4th April 2016 and 14th July 2016 to represent the pre-monsoon conditions. Various

physiochemical parameters such as meteorology, air quality, water quality, noise level

recording, and soil quality were undertaken by M/s. Team Labs, Hyderabad, which is a

MoEF and NABL accredited testing agency (Annexure 6). Various specialized studies such

as hydro-geological studies, socioeconomic survey, ecological and biological survey etc were

undertaken by the respective experts. Based on the project inputs provided by Coromandel

with regards to the material, energy and water balance etc a detailed environmental impact

assessment study was undertaken using qualitative and quantitative methods, wherever

applicable. The adequacy of the risk mitigation measures considered in the pre-feasibility

report provided by Coromandel was evaluated and, the residual environmental risks if any

have been evaluated. Additional environmental risk control measures, wherever applicable

were suggested. As per the standard ToR issued by MoEF and EIA Notification, 2006 and its

amendments, the Public Consultation (Public Hearing) for the project was conducted on 08-

12-2016 at 11AM at Coromandel Recreation Centre Ground located adjacent to the existing

Coromandel International Limited facility, Sriharipuram.

2. Environmental Stewardship in the Existing Facility of Coromandel

The management of Coromandel has been adhering to the emissions and discharge standards

in the existing facility. Online emission monitoring systems were installed on all sulphuric

acid and granulation plant process stacks. Similarly three continuous ambient air quality

monitoring stations were installed as per the APPCB directions and the criteria pollutants of

concern are being monitored. In addition to the online sampling systems, Coromandel has

been engaging MoEF&CC/NABL accredited environmental testing agency for undertaking

emissions and ambient air quality monitoring on periodical basis. The emission and ambient

air quality data indicates that the all prescribed parameters are well within the stipulated

standards and criteria. A dedicated environment team headed by Asst. General Manager-

Health, safety and environment is supported by a team of seven engineers to implement

various HSE related programs in the facility. A dedicated CSR team is implementing various

community development and CSR activities in the region. The team leaders of environment

and CSR teams are directly reporting the facility occupier (Factory manager). A

comprehensive emergency management plan and disaster management plans are being

implemented as per the applicable regulations and guidelines.

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


About 80 TPH of steam from the waste heat generated is recovered from the existing SAP

plants, which has helped to avoid burning of fossil fuel (LSHS or Diesel) to the tune of 150

T/day in the existing utility boilers. This has resulted in avoidance of about 2000 TPA of SO2

and 1.6 lac TPA of CO2. A dedicated wastewater treatment facility is in operation in the

existing facility. Large quantities of treated wastewater are being recycled in the existing

facility as a part of the corporate environment management initiatives. Due to implementation

of various water conservation measures and treated wastewater recycling programs, the

specific water consumption in the existing facility is maintained at 2 m3/T of the NPK

fertilizer produced as against the industry benchmark of 4 m3/T, as per the published

literature (ref)1.

Coromandel undertook a project on Reclamation (Greening) of Phospho Gypsum, offering an

environmental solution to a critical aspect of fertiliser plants within the country and world

over. This project has attracted the nation's attention by winning 3 innovation awards so far.

The joint team (Coromandel & TERI) successfully reclaimed the gypsum pond areas and

completed plantation of about 18,000 units in an area of 18 acres. This project is going to set

a benchmark for all phosphoric acid plants within the country as well as across the world for

improving environment. Coromandel has implemented massive plantation and greenbelt

activities in the existing facility. About 145 acres of Factory area was converted into green

cover. Since Coromandel is undertaking such a plantation program since the inception of the

unit in 1960s, these trees are fully grown and supported a good biodiversity in the middle of a

rapidly growing urban environment in the neighbourhood. Based on the baseline studies it is

noted that the biodiversity of faunal species at the plant greenbelt area was reported increase

from the background area due to massive plantation activities undertaken at the facility. The

management of Coromandel International Limited has constructed 7 number of storm water

harvesting pits for the collection and reuse of the storm water for the main plant make-up

applications.

3. Baseline Environmental Conditions

The study area falling under Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation, is a rapidly

growing urban area. Various large industrial activities such as Visakhapatnam Port,

Hindustan Zinc, Steel Authority of India, Hindustan Petroleum Corporation etc in the region

1 Water Conservation in Indian Fertilizer Industry, 2005 IFA Technical Committee Meeting, 11 to 13 April 2005, Alexandria, Egypt

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


are constantly providing impetus to the economic growth in the region for the last several

decades. The neighbourhood of Gajuwaka, Malkapuram and Sriharipuram area transformed

into rapidly growing urban settlements due to various economic development activities in the

region. 2011 census data indicated that the Below Poverty Line (BPL) population in the study

area was reported less than 7% as against the state average value of about 21%. Similarly the

working population in the region is reported to be higher than that of state levels. These

economic indicators reconfirmed that the industrial and commerce activities in the region

have boosted the overall economic scenario and living conditions of the people in the study

area.

Visakhapatnam has a tropical wet and dry/savanna climate with a noticeable dry in the low-

sun month, no cold season, and wet season is in the high- sun months. Visakhapatnam

reaches mean maximum temperature to 40.4°C during the summer months, especially in

May, whereas the lowest temperature reported during the winter season (December, January

month) was in the order of 14.8°C. According to the data published by Indian Meteorological

Department (IMD Met data Handbook), the average annual rainfall of the Visakhapatnam

was reported to be in the order of 950 mm. The annual windrose indicates that nearly 28%

time winds predominantly blow from Southwest direction and 13% of time winds blows from

South, North and west directions. During the summer period, nearly 45% of time winds

predominantly blow from Southwest direction and 25% of time wind blows from South

direction. Baseline studies indicated that the average concentrations of air pollutants such as

PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx in the study area were found to be in the range of 62 µg/m3 to 87

µg/m3, 30 µg/m3 to 43 µg/m3, 11 µg/m3 to 15 µg/m3, 15 µg/m3 to 23 µg/m3 respectively.

These values are comparable with that of the monitoring data reported by Andhra Pradesh

Pollution Control Board (APPCB)2, which are well within the National Ambient Air Quality

Standards (NAAQs). Data pertaining to the continuous ambient air monitoring stations at the

existing facility indicated that the stipulated criteria pollutants are well within the NAAQs.

Noise levels at the facility boundary were reported be below 55 dBA, whereas the noise

levels at the urban areas were found to exceed 55 dBA due to vehicular traffic and urban

activities. The real time noise monitoring data by APPCB for the Visakhapatnam region

(Siripuram) indicated that the noise levels are in the range if 65 to 70 dBA during the day

2 http://appcb.ap.nic.in/ambient-air-quality-monitoring-state-ambient-air-quality-monitoring-saaqm/

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


time (APPCB)3. Soil samples collected from the study area confirmed that the samples are

free from any toxic contamination and also mineral oils. Ground water table in the region was

found to vary between 2m to 10m depending on the local geological formation. Ground water

quality data indicated that Total Dissolved Solids, Hardness, Fluoride are in the range of 159

mg/l to 868 mg/l, 134 mg/l to 465 mg/ and 0.33 mg/l to 0.8 mg/l respectively. These values

are within the stipulated drinking water standards.

Narava Reserve Forest (RF) is situated towards West direction at distance of 6.5 km from the

project site and Yerrakonda Reserved Forest is located at 9 km aerial distance from the

project site. Kailasakonda Forest is located at 5 km from the plant boundary. These RFs are

on hillocks mainly dominant with dry thorny type and mixed deciduous type vegetation.

Borassus is the predominant patch occurs near the Yarada beach road. But the open places

and plantations of Causarina and Anacardium developed by local communities, forest

officials and nearby Industries make the environment green. Since Coromandel is

undertaking such a massive plantation program since the inception of the unit in 1960s, these

trees are fully grown and supported a good biodiversity in the middle of a rapidly growing

urban environment in the neighbourhood. Based on the baseline studies it is noted that the

biodiversity of faunal species at the plant greenbelt area was reported increase from the

background area.

4. Prediction of Environmental Impacts

The construction activities of new installation will not necessitate any land acquisition.

Hence, Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R&R) regulations are not applicable. There are no

natural streams passing through the existing facility. The proposed project layout and

construction activities will be designed to ensure that existing storm water drains are

undisturbed. The proposed project will not disturb any greenbelt and plantation area in the

existing facility and hence the ecological and biological environment at the existing facility

will not be altered. Small quantities of top soil to the tune of 2000 m3 will be generated in the

construction phase during the foundation works. This soil will be utilized for filling the low

lying areas to develop plantation and other parts of the vacant area.

The possible impacts due to the proposed upgrades will be due to increased emissions from

the SAP plants, proposed imported coal fired boiler and proposed phosphoric acid

3 http://appcb.ap.nic.in/2046-2/

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


manufacturing facilities. Other environmental aspects are generation of additional gypsum

from the PAP plant and small quantity of fly ash from the proposed coal fired boiler.

Air quality modelling was undertaken using AERMOD modelling system to assess the

possible increase in ground level concentrations of PM10, SO2 and NOx from the proposed

activities. The peak predicted ground level concentrations of the PM10, SO2 and NOx were

estimated as 1.7µg/m3, 28.2µg/m3 and 8.3µg/m3 respectively. Due to non-buoyant type

emissions and also due to adoption of efficient pollution control systems, the peak predicted

ground level concentrations would occur within 500m from the existing sources. Hence the

resultant post project scenario (baseline plus predicted increase) of pollutant concentration in

the ambient air will be within the NAAQs. It is estimated that about 3300m3/day of fresh

water would be required in addition to the existing 8700 m3/day of water demand in the

existing facility. Coromandel has approached Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation

for additional water allocation for the proposed project. The management of Coromandel has

been adopting various water conservation measures in the existing facility and the total

treated wastewater discharge into the existing industrial drain has been maintained less than

1800 m3/day as against the consented and permitted discharge quantity of 7890m3/day.

Similarly the treated waste water discharge into the industrial drain will be limited to

1800m3/day during the post project operations. Although Coromandel has adopted dry

gypsum handling operations at the facility and disposing to cement plants for further

utilization, it has been proposed to develop an additional 5 Acres of land (within the facility)

to store the unutilized gypsum, if any during the lean cement manufacturing period. A single

composite liner comprising of a HDPE geo-membrane construction will be adopted for the

proposed gypsum storage yard as per the CPCB guidelines. Hence the possibility of ground

water contamination due to storage of additional gypsum generated the project will be less

significant.

5. Public Hearing

As per the EIA Notification, the Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APPCB) gave the

Notification regarding public hearing, 30 days in advance. The advertisement to this effect

was published in local newspaper Eenadu and The New Indian Express on 07-11-2016.

Suggestions/views/comments and objections of the public were invited from the date of the

notification by Regional Officer, Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board, Visakhapatnam.

Public hearing for the proposed project was conducted on 08-12-2016 at 11AM at

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


Coromandel Recreation Centre Ground located adjacent to the existing Coromandel

International Limited facility, Sriharipuram. Public hearing meeting was chaired by Sri.

Pravin Kumar, IAS, Collector and District Magistrate, Visakhapatnam. The meeting was

conducted by Sri R. Lakshminarayana, Environmental Engineer, Regional Office, APPCB,

Visakhapatnam.

About 1000 persons attended the Public Hearing meeting and 44 persons gave their opinion

on the proposed project. It was on record that before the public hearing 13 nos written

representations were received by APPCB. Out of these 10 nos are in favour of the proposed

expansion and 3 nos are against the proposal. Further during the public hearing, 94 nos

written representations were received by APPCB out of which 85 nos are welcoming the

expansion and 7 nos are against the proposal.

The salient points raised by the public in public hearing includes employment to local people,

CSR activities around the factory premises and environmental protection measures

implemented.

The EIA report has been updated based on the public suggestions, by incorporating

comments of public and replies from the project proponent on the same.

6. Summary of Various Environmental Management Programs

In addition to the existing pollution control systems and environmental management program

of the existing facility, the management of Coromandel has proposed to invest additionally

Rs.2642 Lacs towards various pollution control and environmental management programs

under the proposed project.

The existing scrubbers in the SAP 1 and SAP 2 will be upgraded to meet the

additional SO2 emissions and gas volumes. The existing stack heights will be

adequate for the marginal increase in SO2 emissions.

Similar to the existing rock phosphate handling operations, ventilation system and bag

filter will be provided for the proposed rock phosphate storage area and grinding

units.

Due to utilization of the high calorific, low Sulfur and low ash content coals, the

overall SO2 emissions from the proposed coal fired boiler will be almost 1.5 times

lower than that of the boilers fired with Indian coal having lower calorific value. It is

proposed to adopt dry limestone addition method for capturing at least 50% of the

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


total SO2 emissions within the combustion chamber of the proposed FBC boiler. The

proposed electrostatic precipitator (ESP) will be designed to meet an outlet particulate

matter concentration less than 50 mg/Nm3 as per the applicable standards.

The proposed back-pressure steam turbine will be placed within a closed room with

noise reduction of 30 dBA across the room walls, thereby achieving a noise level of

70 dBA outside the room.

Ash generated from the proposed boiler will be stored in dedicated silos and the same

will be disposed to local brick manufacturing units and cement plants. The total

gypsum generation from the facility during the post project scenario will be about

5000 TPD. Coromandel has signed necessary expression of interests from cement

plants for the disposal of fly ash and gypsum to the tune of 1.5 Million MT per year.

The proposed 5 acres gypsum storage yard will be provided with the following

facilities: (1) Single composite liner comprising of a HDPE geo-membrane as per

CPCB guidelines, (2) Leachate collection drains and collection pit, (3) Storm water

collection drains.

Coromandel has been undertaking various CSR programs at plant and corporate levels

across all their operations in India. The management of Coromandel has constituted a

CSR committee and the company Board of directors is constantly monitoring various

activities. Based on the local and regional needs, Coromandel is focusing on the key

CSR activities in the areas of education, environment and health and disaster relief

support. The management of Coromandel has spent about Rs. 3.13 Cr on various

CSR activities in the region during the past 6 years. As a continued support for the

CSR activities, the management of Coromandel has proposed to spend about Rs. 10

Lakhs per year for various CSR activities in the study area with a focused approach

on education, health, regional plantation and disaster relief.

7. Project Cost and Implementation Schedules

The estimated project cost of the proposed upgrades and installations will be in the order of

Rs. 225 Crores. Out of the above mentioned capital cost, about Rs. 26 Crores has been

budgeted towards environmental management programs like upgrading the existing scrubbers

in SAP 1 and SAP 2, installation of dust collection systems, fume stack gas scrubber and

Fluorosilicic acid recovery unit within the proposed PAP unit, dry lime-stone addition system

in the proposed coal fired boiler etc. Coromandel will commence construction activities after

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Executive Summary


obtaining necessary approvals from regulatory authorities and will be completed within 18

months period.

8. Conclusions

The exiting NPK fertilizer facility of Coromandel is significantly contributing to the farmer’s

needs thus supporting the nation’s food security initiatives by the way of producing NPK

fertilizers. Due to adoption of various pollution control measures, the overall SO2 emissions

will be reduced from the current levels and there will not be any increase in treated

wastewater discharges into the drains. The environmental impact assessment study concludes

that the proposed upgrade scheme will have minimal environmental impacts.

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Table of Contents

Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited Page 1 of 257

Table of Contents 1. Introduction ................................................................................................................. 34

1.1. About the Company ........................................................................................... 34

1.2. Environmental Friendly Operations in the Existing Facility ............................... 38

1.3. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Programs Implemented ......................... 40

1.3.1. Education........................................................................................................... 41

1.3.2. Health ................................................................................................................ 43

1.3.3. Community Development .................................................................................. 44

1.4. Overview of the Proposed Project ...................................................................... 45

1.5. Need for the Project ........................................................................................... 45

1.6. Alternative Sites Proposed for the Project .......................................................... 46

1.7. Location of the Facility ...................................................................................... 46

1.8. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study ................................................. 49

1.9. Regulatory Context ............................................................................................ 49

1.10. Overview of the Methodology of the EIA study ................................................. 52

1.11. Structure of the EIA report ................................................................................. 54

2. Details of Existing Fertilizer unit and Environmental Compliance................................ 56

1.12. Overview of Exiting Unit ................................................................................... 56

1.13. Description of the Existing Facilities.................................................................. 58

1.14. Raw Material Receipts and Wharf Facilities....................................................... 58

1.15. Manufacture of Phosphoric Acid ........................................................................ 59

1.16. Sulphuric Acid Process Description ................................................................... 61

1.17. Manufacture of Complex Fertilizers ................................................................... 64

1.18. Environmental Clearance and Compliance ......................................................... 65

2.1.1. Stack Emissions and Compliance ....................................................................... 66

2.1.2. Ambient Air Quality Status at the Facility .......................................................... 67

2.1.3. Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation ............................................... 68

2.1.4. Gypsum Generation and Disposal ...................................................................... 71

2.1.5. Existing Greenbelt and Plantation ...................................................................... 72

2.1.6. Occupational Health .......................................................................................... 77

2.1.7. Solid and Hazardous Wastes Generation and Disposal ....................................... 80

2.1.8. Disaster Management Plan ................................................................................. 80

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Table of Contents


3. Proposed Project .......................................................................................................... 81

3.1. Overview ........................................................................................................... 81

1.19. Proposed Facilities ............................................................................................. 84

3.1.1. Sulphuric Acid Manufacturing Plants ................................................................. 84

3.1.2. Proposed Phosphoric Acid Plant ........................................................................ 86

3.1.3. Utilities and auxiliary supporting Facilities ........................................................ 87

3.1.4. Proposed Coal Fired Boiler ................................................................................ 90

1.20. Project Cost and Implementation Schedules ....................................................... 94

4. Baseline Environmental Status ..................................................................................... 96

4.1. Introduction ....................................................................................................... 96

4.2. Land Environment ............................................................................................. 98

4.2.1. Physiography of the Study Area ......................................................................... 98

4.3. Land Use Pattern based on Remote Sensing Data ............................................. 101

4.3.1. Methodology ................................................................................................... 101

4.3.2. Data Base ........................................................................................................ 102

4.3.3. Results of Land Use/Land Cover Mapping ....................................................... 105

4.4. Geology and Soil Quality ................................................................................. 111

4.4.1. Geology ........................................................................................................... 111

4.4.2. Geomorphology and Structure ......................................................................... 112

4.5. Soil Environment ............................................................................................. 115

4.5.1. Soil Types ........................................................................................................ 115

4.5.2. Background Soil Quality in Study Area ........................................................... 116

4.6. Seismic zone .................................................................................................... 120

4.7. Meteorological Data ........................................................................................ 122

4.7.1. Climatological Data- IMD Visakhapatnam ...................................................... 122

4.7.2. Site Specific Meteorology Data........................................................................ 126

4.8. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ...................................................................... 127

4.8.1. Methodology Adopted for Air Quality Survey ................................................. 127

4.9. Noise Environment .......................................................................................... 138

4.10. Water Environment .......................................................................................... 141

4.10.1. Surface Water Sources in the Study Area ................................................... 141

4.10.2. Surface Water Quality ................................................................................ 143

4.10.3. Ground Water Resources............................................................................ 145

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Table of Contents


4.10.4. Ground Water Quality ................................................................................ 157

4.11. Ecological Environment ................................................................................... 161

4.11.2. Quantitative Analysis of the Vegetation ..................................................... 170

4.11.3. Identification of local Protected Species ..................................................... 183

4.12. Socioeconomic Environment ........................................................................... 187

4.12.1. Regional Socioeconomic Profile ................................................................ 187

4.12.2. Socioeconomic Profile of Study Area ......................................................... 189

4.12.3. Historical Important Places in the study Area ............................................. 190

4.12.4. Summary Socioeconomic Indicators of the Study area compared to State Indicators 191

5. Assessment of Environmental Impacts ....................................................................... 192

5.1. General ............................................................................................................ 192

5.2. Impacts during Construction Phase .................................................................. 192

5.2.1. Impact on Land Use Scenario .......................................................................... 192

5.2.2. Impact on Soil and Ground Water Quality during Construction Phase .............. 193

5.2.3. Impact on Air Quality ...................................................................................... 193

5.2.4. Impact on Noise Levels.................................................................................... 194

5.2.5. Impact on Terrestrial Ecology .......................................................................... 194

5.2.6. Socio-Economic Aspects ................................................................................. 194

5.3. Impacts during Operational Phase .................................................................... 194

5.3.1. Overview ......................................................................................................... 194

5.3.2. Impact on Air Quality- Point Source Emissions ............................................... 195

5.3.3. Fugitive Emissions........................................................................................... 207

5.3.4. Vehicular Traffic and associated Impacts ......................................................... 208

5.3.6. Fresh Water Demand ....................................................................................... 211

5.3.7. Effluent Treatment Plant and Impacts from Disposal of Treated wastewater .... 213

5.3.8. Impact on the Land Environment ..................................................................... 214

5.3.9. Impacts due to Handling and Storage of Coal ................................................... 214

5.3.10. Impacts due to Handling and Disposal of Fly ash ....................................... 215

5.3.11. Impacts due to handling and storage of Gypsum ......................................... 216

5.3.12. Impacts on Ecological and Biological Environment ................................... 217

5.3.13. Socioeconomic Impact ............................................................................... 218

5.4. Summary of the Environmental Impacts and Impact Matrix ............................. 219

6. Analysis of Alternatives ............................................................................................. 221

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Table of Contents


6.1. Introduction ..................................................................................................... 221

6.2. No Project Scenario ......................................................................................... 221

6.3. Alternative Sites .............................................................................................. 221

6.4. Alternative Technologies ................................................................................. 221

7. Environmental Monitoring Program ........................................................................... 223

7.1. Preamble .......................................................................................................... 223

7.2. Objective of Environmental Monitoring ........................................................... 223

7.3. Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure ....................................... 223

7.4. Environmental Monitoring Program ................................................................. 224

8. Additional Studies ..................................................................................................... 226

8.1. Public Hearing Aspects .................................................................................... 226

8.1.1. Public Hearing Event ....................................................................................... 226

8.1.2. Overview of the Public Hearing Aspects .......................................................... 231

8.2. Pollution Prevention ........................................................................................ 238

8.3. Safety Management ......................................................................................... 238

8.4. Occupational Health Centre at Coromandel...................................................... 240

8.4.1. OHC facilities extended to local people under CSR ......................................... 242

8.5. Disaster Management Plan ............................................................................... 242

9. Project Benefits.......................................................................................................... 243

10. Environmental Management Plan............................................................................... 244

10.1. Introduction ..................................................................................................... 244

10.2. Environment Stewardship adopted by Coromandel in the Existing Facility ...... 244

10.3. Environmental Management Plan during Construction Phase ........................... 248

10.3.1. Construction Phase Dust Management ....................................................... 248

10.3.2. Noise Management Plan – Construction Phase ........................................... 249

10.3.3. Water Quality Management Plan – Construction Phase .............................. 249

10.3.4. Solid and Hazardous Waste Management – Construction Phase ................. 250

10.3.5. Ecological Aspects – Construction Phase ................................................... 250

10.4. Environmental Management Plan during Operation Phase ............................... 250

10.4.1. Air Quality Management Plan .................................................................... 250

10.4.2. Noise Management Plan ............................................................................. 252

10.4.3. Water and Wastewater Management .......................................................... 252

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Table of Contents


10.4.4. Solid and Hazardous Waste Management ................................................... 253

10.4.5. Storm Water Management .......................................................................... 253

10.5. Budgetary Cost Estimates for Environmental Management .............................. 253

10.6. Proposed CSR Programs .................................................................................. 254

11. CONCLUSION ......................................................................................................... 255

12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ........................................................................ 256

12.1. Introduction ..................................................................................................... 256

12.2. Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited – EIA Consultant ......................... 256

12.2.1. Details of Experts/Consultants Engaged for this EIA Study ........................ 256

List of Tables

Table 1-1 Salient Features of the Project Site ...................................................................... 48

Table 1-2 General Noise Standards ..................................................................................... 50

Table 1-3 National Ambient Air Quality Standards ............................................................. 51

Table 1-4 Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Trade Effluents .............................................. 51

Table 2-1 Summary of Existing Production Details ............................................................. 65

Table 2-2 Biodiversity Indices at Coromandel facility Area ................................................. 73

Table 2-3 Biodiversity Indices for Coromandel Facility Area .............................................. 75

Table 3-1 Capacities and Sizes of Existing and Proposed Facilities ..................................... 82

Table 3-2 Proposed Upgrades in Sulfuric Acid Plant ........................................................... 85

Table 3-3 Steam Generation Capacity and Demand in the Facility....................................... 87

Table 4-1 Details of Satellite Data ..................................................................................... 102

Table 4-2 Characteristics of IRS Resourcesat-2 Data ......................................................... 103

Table 4-3 IRS Resourcesat-2 LISS4, Satellite Spectral Bands and their Principal Applications

......................................................................................................................................... 103

Table 4-4 Level-I - Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 km Radius Area ........................ 105

Table 4-5 Level-II - Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 km Radius Area ....................... 109

Table 4-6 Soil Classification in the Study Area ................................................................. 115

Table 4-7 Details of Soil Sampling Locations .................................................................... 116

Table 4-8 Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Soil samples Collected Within the Study area

......................................................................................................................................... 118

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Table of Contents


Table 4-9 Indian Meteorological Department – Climatological Tables 30 Years Data: 1971-

2000 (Kailashigiri IMD station) ........................................................................................ 125

Table 4-10 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ..................................... 128

Table 4-11 Summary of the Average Baseline Concentrations of Pollutants during the Study

Period (4thApril 2016 to 14thJuly 2016) ............................................................................. 132

Table 4-12 PM10 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period ........................ 133

Table 4-13 PM2.5 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period........................ 133

Table 4-14 SO2 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period .......................... 135

Table 4-15 NOX Concentration in the Study Area during the study period ......................... 136

Table 4-16 NH3 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period ......................... 137

Table 4-17 Various Pollutant Concentration in the Study Area during the study period ..... 138

Table 4-18 Noise Sampling Locations ............................................................................... 139

Table 4-19 Recorded Noise Levels .................................................................................... 141

Table 4-20 Surface water Sampling Location .................................................................... 143

Table 4-21 Surface Water Quality ..................................................................................... 144

Table 4-22 Details of Location of Ground Water Level Data Collection ............................ 147

Table 4-23 Watershed wise runoff ..................................................................................... 156

Table 4-24 Ground Water Quality Monitoring Locations................................................... 157

Table 4-25 Analysed Ground Water Quality for Various Parameters ................................. 159

Table 4-26 GPS coordinates of the sampling points for flora and fauna: ............................ 164

Table 4-27 Quantification of vegetation in the Coromandel ............................................... 173

Table 4-28 Quantification of vegetation in the Core zone .................................................. 176

Table 4-29 Quantification of Vegetation in the Buffer Zone .............................................. 179

Table 4-30 Status wise (Local status) floral distribution in the study area .......................... 182

Table 4-31 Historical Important Places in the study area ................................................... 191

Table 4-32 Summary Socioeconomic Indicators of the Study Area .................................... 191

Table 5-1 Sulphur-di-Oxide Emissions .............................................................................. 199

Table 5-2 Air Quality Modelling Inputs ............................................................................ 201

Table 5-3 Estimated Resultant GLC’s of Particulate Matter ............................................... 202

Table 5-4 Estimated Resultant GLC’s Sulphur Dioxide ..................................................... 203

Table 5-5 Estimated Resultant GLC’s of Oxides of Nitrogen............................................. 203

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Table of Contents


Table 5-6 Summary of the predicted GLCs ....................................................................... 207

Table 5-7 Existing and Proposed Traffic Details................................................................ 208

Table 5-8 Carrying capacity of the Connecting Road ......................................................... 209

Table 5-9 Envisaged Equipment Noise Levels (Sound Pressure Levels) ............................ 210

Table 5-10 Detailed Water Balance - Existing Facility (m3/day) ........................................ 212

Table 5-11 Detailed Water Balance – Post Project Scenario (m3/day) ................................ 213

Table 5-12 Summary of Water Balance (m3/day)............................................................... 213

Table 5-13 Once Through Cooling Water (Sea water) Requirement .................................. 214

Table 5-14 Summary Environmental Impact Matrix .......................................................... 220

Table 7-1 Environmental Monitoring Program .................................................................. 224

Table 10-1 Proposed Budget for Environmental Management Plan ................................... 254

Table 10-2 Expenditure Incurred for CSR during Years 2011-2016 (Rs in Lakhs) ............. 254

Table 12-1 Details of Experts/Consultants Engaged for this EIA Study ............................. 256

List of Figures

Figure 1 Location of Coromandel International Ltd-Visakhapatnam Plant, Andhra Pradesh .. 9

Figure 2 Land Use of the Visakhapatnam Port Area ............................................................ 10

Figure 3 Toposheet showing the 10Km radius of the Existing Facility ................................. 11

Figure 1-1 Location of Coromandel International Ltd-Visakhapatnam Plant, Andhra Pradesh

........................................................................................................................................... 35

Figure 1-2 Google Map Showing the Coromandel Facility and Study Area ......................... 36

Figure 1-3 Wharf Location form Coromandel...................................................................... 36

Figure 1-4 Typical view of Coromandel, Visakhapatnam Facilities ..................................... 37

Figure 1-5 Topographical Map Showing the Coromandel Facility and Study Area .............. 38

Figure 1-6 Various Awards Received by Coromandel International Limited – Visakhapatnam

plant .................................................................................................................................... 40

Figure 1-7 Land Use of the Visakhapatnam Port Area ........................................................ 47

Figure 1-8 Coromandel International Ltd Existing Plant ...................................................... 47

Figure 2-1 Existing Layout of the Coromandel Facility ....................................................... 57

Figure 2-2Typical Process Flow Diagram of Existing Operations ........................................ 63

Figure 2-3 View of Existing Scrubbers in SAP and Granulation Units ................................. 67

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Table of Contents


Figure 2-4 View of Existing Continuous Ambient Air Monitoring Stations ......................... 68

Figure 2-5 Existing Effluent Treatment Plant Scheme ......................................................... 69

Figure 2-6 View of Existing Effluent Treatment Plant ......................................................... 70

Figure 2-7 View of Gypsum Storage Yard........................................................................... 72

Figure 2-8 Indicial Value Index (IVI) of Tree Species ......................................................... 74

Figure 2-9 Greenbelt and Plantation Activities at Coromandel Visakhapatnam plant ........... 75

Figure 2-10 Greenbelt and Plantation Area of Coromandel Facility ..................................... 77

Figure 2-11 Facilities in Occupational Health Centre........................................................... 79

Figure 3-1 Typical Illustration of Existing and Proposed Facilities ...................................... 82

Figure 3-2 Location of Proposed facilities ........................................................................... 84

Figure 3-3 View of Existing Sulphuric Acid plants .............................................................. 85

Figure 3-4 Typical SAP Manufacturing Process .................................................................. 85

Figure 3-5 Typical Process Flow Diagram of Phosphoric Acid ............................................ 86

Figure 3-6 Once Through Seawater Intake and Discharge Drains ........................................ 89

Figure 3-7 Typical Illustration of FBC Boiler (UNEP) ........................................................ 90

Figure 3-8 Typical Process Flow Diagram of FBC Boiler System ....................................... 92

Figure 3-9 Typical Illustration of Fly Ash Handling System ................................................ 94

Figure 3-10 Typical View of FBC Boiler ............................................................................ 94

Figure 4-1 10Km Radius Study Area around the Project Site ............................................... 97

Figure 4-2 Physiography of the Study Area ......................................................................... 98

Figure 4-3 Drainage Map of the Study Area ...................................................................... 100

Figure 4-4 Digital Elevation Map Showing the Drainage Pattern of the Study Area ........... 101

Figure 4-5 Flowchart of simplified methodology ............................................................... 102

Figure 4-6 IRS Resourcesat-2 LISS4 Image of the Study Area .......................................... 104

Figure 4-7 Land Use/Land Cover Map of 10 Km Radius Area (Level-I) ............................ 107

Figure 4-8 Distribution of Land Use/Cover in 10 Km Radius Area .................................... 108

Figure 4-9 Land Use/Land Cover Map of 10 Km Radius Area – Level-II .......................... 110

Figure 4-10 Distribution of Land Use/Cover in 10 Km Radius Area .................................. 111

Figure 4-11 Geology of the Study area .............................................................................. 112

Figure 4-12 Geomorphology of the Study area .................................................................. 114

Figure 4-13 Soil classification of Study area...................................................................... 115

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Table of Contents


Figure 4-14 Soil Quality Monitoring Location of the Study area........................................ 117

Figure 4-15 Seismic Zone Map of India ............................................................................ 120

Figure 4-16 Seismic Zone Map of Andhra Pradesh ............................................................ 121

Figure 4-17 Earthquake Hazard Map ................................................................................. 121

Figure 4-18 Annual Windrose as per IMD Kailashigiri observatory data ........................... 123

Figure 4-19 Seasonal Windrose as per IMD Kailashigiri Observatory Data ....................... 124

Figure 4-20 Average Ambient Temperature Variation during the Study Period ................. 126

Figure 4-21 Site Specific Wind Rose for the Study Period ................................................. 127

Figure 4-22 Locations of Air Quality Monitoring Stations ................................................. 129

Figure 4-23 Photographs Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations .................................. 130

Figure 4-24 Trends of Ambient PM10 Concentration in the Study Area ............................. 134

Figure 4-25 Trends of Ambient PM2.5 Concentration in the Study Area ............................. 135

Figure 4-26 Trends of Ambient SO2 Concentration in the Study Area ............................... 136

Figure 4-27 Trends of Ambient NOX Concentration in the Study Area .............................. 137

Figure 4-28 Trends of Ambient NH3 Concentration in the Study Area ............................... 138

Figure 4-29 Noise Sampling Location ............................................................................... 140

Figure 4-30 Google Image of the Meghadri Gedda Reservoir within the Study Area ......... 142

Figure 4-31 Google Image of the Kanithi Balancing Reservoir within the Study Area ....... 143

Figure 4-32 Ground water level zone of the Study area ..................................................... 148

Figure 4-33 Ground water Table of the Study area (Pre monsoon) ..................................... 150

Figure 4-34 Showing the Ground Water Estimation ......................................................... 155

Figure 4-35 Ground Water Quality Monitoring Locations ................................................. 158

Figure 4-36 Sampling points of Flora and Fauna at 1km, 5km and 10 km Radius of the Study

Area .................................................................................................................................. 162

Figure 4-37 Flora and Fauna in the Study Area ................................................................. 163

Figure 4-38 Zone –I (Within Coromandel) Core area Sampling Locations Typical View ... 165

Figure 4-39 Zone –II (Coromandel boundary to 5 sq km –Core zone) Sampling Locations

Typical View .................................................................................................................... 166

Figure 4-40 Zone –III (5 sq km to 10 Sq. km –Core zone) Sampling Locations Typical View

......................................................................................................................................... 167

Figure 4-41 Graph Showing IVI Values of the dominant floral species within Coromandel 174

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Table of Contents


Figure 4-42 Graph showing IVI Values of the dominant species within Core Zone

(Coromandel Boundary to5 Sq.m) ..................................................................................... 176

Figure 4-43 Habitat wise distribution of Flora ................................................................... 181

Figure 4-44 Photographs Showing various Species ............................................................ 184

Figure 4-45 Photographs showing various Floral Species in the Study Area ...................... 185

Figure 5-1 Typical Illustrtaion of FBC Boiler with Coal and limestone addition System.... 198

Figure 5-2 Predicted 24-Hrs Avg. GLC’s of Particulate Matter within 10 km Radius of the

Study Area ........................................................................................................................ 204

Figure 5-3 Predicted 24 hrs Avg. GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km radius of the Study area ..... 205

Figure 5-4 Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s Avg. of NOX within 10 km Radius of the Study Area 206

Figure 5-5 Typical Design of Coal Storage Shed ............................................................... 207

Figure 5-6 Layout Showing the Existing Roads Used for Material Transport by the Existing

Facility .............................................................................................................................. 209

Figure 5-7 Predicted Noise Levels ..................................................................................... 211

Figure 5-8 Typical illustration of Covered Storage Yard ................................................... 215

Figure 5-9 Typical View of Proposed Drainage System for Covered Coal Yard ................ 215

Figure 5-10 Plant Layout Showing the Existing and Proposed Lined Gypsum Storage Areas

and Drainage Collection Systems ...................................................................................... 217

Figure 8-1 Public Notice ................................................................................................... 228

Figure 10-1 Plant Layout Showing the Location of the Storm water Recharge Pits ............ 247

List of Abbreviation

A/F Abundance/Frequency AAQ Ambient Air Quality AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring AFBC Atmospheric Fluidized Bed Combustion Boiler AP Andhra Pradesh APEPDCL Eastern Power Distribution Company of A.P. Ltd

APGPCL Andhra Pradesh Gas Power Corporation Ltd. APPCB Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board CAAQMS Continuous Ambient Air Quality Monitoring System CGWB Central Ground Water Board CII Confederation of Indian Industry CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CSR Corporate social responsibility

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Table of Contents


CFO Consent For Operate DAP Di-Ammonium Phosphate dB(A) A-weighted decibels DCDA Double Conversion Double Absorption DG Diesel Generator DLHS District Level House hold and Facility Survey ECG Electrocardiogram EMP Environmental Management Plan ERDAS Earth Resource Data Analysis System ESP Electrostatic precipitator ETP Effluent Treatment Plant FAI Fertiliser Association of India FBC Fluidized Bed Combustion Boiler GCP Ground Control Point GLC Ground Level Concentrations GVMC Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation HBF Horizontal Belt Filter HDPE High Density Polyethylene HPCL Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited HYVs High Yielding Varieties ID Induced Fan IF Infiltration Factor IMD India Meteorological Department IRS Indian Remote Sensing ISO International Organization for Standardization IVI Indicial Value Index LISS Low Intensity Steady state Cardio LSHS Low Sulphur Heavy Stock MAP Mono Ammonium Phosphate MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forest MOU Memorandum of Understanding MSL Mean Sea Level NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards NABET National Accreditation Board for Education and Training NABL National Accreditation Board for Laboratories NGOs Non Governmental Organization NIDM National Institute of Disaster Management NP Nitrogen, Phosphorous NPK Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potassium NRSC National Remote Sensing Centre OHC Occupational Health Centre OSHAS Occupational Health and Safety Assessment System PA Phosphoric Acid PAP Phosphoric Acid Plant PCB Pollution Control Board

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Table of Contents


PCU Passenger Car Equivalent PLC Programmable Logic Controller PMS Productivity Management Systems PSV Public Service Vehicle R&D Research and Development R&R Rehabilitation and Resettlement RFs Reserve forest RO Reverse Osmosis RO Regional Officer SA Sulfuric Acid SAP Sulfuric Acid Plant SHE Safety, Health and Environment SOI Survey of India SSP Single Super Phosphate SW Surface Water TCA Tri Carboxylic Acid TDS Total Dissolved Solids TERI The Energy Research Institute ToR Terms of Reference UAP Urea AmmoniumPhosphate USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency VSP Visakhapatnam VUDA Visakhapatnam Urban Development Authority List of Units referred in the EIA study

MTPD Product in Metric Tons Per Day TPD Tons Per day TPA Tons Per Annum µg Micrograms mg Milligrams db(A) Decibels of “A” weightage Kg Kilograms g/sec Grams per second KCal Kilo Calories ppm Parts Per Million m3 Cubic meter P2O5 Solution expressed as P2O5

(A Murugappa Group

Company)



Table of Contents


List of Annexure

Annexure Particulars Section-1 Introduction

1 Copy of Existing Environmental Clearances 2 Copy of Existing Consent For Operate 3 Minutes of Meeting copy – ToR 4 NABET Accreditation Certificate- Chola MS Risk Services 5 ToR Compliance Status Report 6 Laboratory Accreditation (MoEF&CC and NABL)

Section-2 Details of Existing Fertilizer unit and Environmental Compliance 7 Copy of Latest six months EC compliance report submitted to MoEF 8 RO Compliance status report 9 Response to the MoEF RO letter 10 External Lab stack emission data test reports 11 External Lab AAQ monitoring data test reports 12 External Lab Treated waste water quality data test reports 13 MOU’s of Gypsum Disposal to Cement Plants

Section-3 Proposed Project 14 Layout Showing Proposed Facilities

Section-4 Baseline Environmental Status 15 Baseline Soil test reports-Teams Labs 16 Baseline AAQ monitoring test reports-Teams Labs 17 Baseline Noise test reports-Teams Labs 18 Baseline Surface water test reports-Teams Labs 19 Baseline Ground water test reports-Teams Labs 20 List of Ecological Species Spotted/ Recorded in Core and Buffer Zones 21 List of Mammals Spotted/ Recorded in the Study Area 22 List of Birds Spotted/ Recorded in the Study Area 23 List of Herpetofauna Spotted/ Recorded in the Study Area 24 Ward wise Demographic Details 25 Ward wise worker group distribution Details 26 Ward wise Literacy pattern

Section-5 Assessment of Environmental Impacts 27 Additional Freshwater Requirement request letter submitted to GVMC 28 Modeling Input & Output File

Section-8 Additional Studies 29 Public Hearing Proceedings and

29A Consolidated response submitted by Coromandel International 29B Point wise Reply for public query by Coromandel International

Section-10 Environmental Management Plan 30 Coromandel CSR Brochure

(A Murugappa Group Company)



Chapter 1: Introduction


1. Introduction

1.1. About the Company

Coromandel International Ltd (Coromandel), formerly Coromandel Fertilizers Ltd, was

established in 1961 and the company went for public in 1964. Coromandel was formed by the

joint efforts of two major companies of the US, namely Chevron Chemical Co and

International Minerals and Chemicals Corp. Coromandel is a leading manufacturer of a wide

range of fertilisers and pesticides. The company has phosphatic fertiliser plants at

Visakhapatnam and Kakinada in Andhra Pradesh, and Ennore and Ranipet in Tamil Nadu. It

produces Phosphatic fertilisers, plant protection chemicals, speciality nutrients, sulphur

bentonite and potash. Some of the major products of the Coromandel International Limited

are complex fertilisers, including Di-Ammonium Phosphate (DAP), Single Super Phosphate

(SSP), Speciality fertilizers etc. Its products are sold under the brand names “Gromor”,

“Paramfos”, “Parry Sulphur” and “Parry Gold”. The Coromandel International limited,

Visakhapatnam plant was commissioned in the year 1967 and subsequently the plant was

fully owned by M/s Murugappa group, from the year 1995. The existing facility has grown

several folds and catering to the complex fertilizer needs of the country. The facility is

involved in the manufacture of various NPK and fertilizer grades such as 28-28-0, 14-35-14,

20-20-0-13, 10-26-26, 18-46-0 and 24-24-0-8S etc. depending on the market demand and

needs.

The company’s manufacturing plant at Visakhapatnam was the first in the country to

manufacture UAP and was commissioned during the year 1967. It presently produces NP,

NPK and water soluble fertilizers. The facility was majorly expanded in the year 2007 from a

production capacity of 2700 MTPD to the current consented capacity of 3900 TPD. Prior

Environmental Clearance was obtained from the Ministry of Environment and Forest and

Climate Change (MoEF & CC) for the same. Location of the existing facility, 10Km radius

of the existing facility and 5km wharf area from the Coromandel boundary are presented in

Figure 1.1, 1.2 and 1.3 respectively. The typical view of the Coromandel plant facility is

given in Figure 1.4 and topographical Map Showing the Coromandel Facility and Study Area

is given in Figure 1.5.

The existing facility comprises of raw material unloading wharf (captive jetty), material

transporting pipelines and dedicated raw material transporting road from the wharf to plant

site. The plant is located at about 5Km from the wharf area. The main plant consists of two






streams of sulphuric acid manufacturing plant, one stream of phosphoric acid manufacturing

plant, three streams of complex fertilizer manufacturing units, one stream of granulated

sulphur manufacturing plant, one stream of Water Soluble Fertiliser, one stream of

Customised Fertiliser Plant, Power Generation through Steam Turbo Generator and Diesel

Generators, Oil fired Boilers, Research & Development centre, Solid and Liquid raw material

and finished products storage facilities and other supporting facilities including full-fledged

air pollution control systems and wastewater treatment facilities. The Raw materials for the

manufacturing of Phosphatic Fertilisers includes Rock Phosphate, Sulfur, Urea, Potash, MAP

(Mono Ammonium Phosphate ) and Ammonia.

Figure 1-1 Location of Coromandel International Ltd-Visakhapatnam Plant, Andhra Pradesh






Figure 1-2 Google Map Showing the Coromandel Facility and Study Area

Figure 1-3 Wharf Location form Coromandel

Coromandel

Coromandel






Figure 1-4 Typical view of Coromandel, Visakhapatnam Facilities






Figure 1-5 Topographical Map Showing the Coromandel Facility and Study Area

1.2. Environmental Friendly Operations in the Existing Facility

The facility has been adopting a robust environmental management programs and have been

achieving the regulatory compliance and beyond in the existing facility. The facility was

issued environmental compliance MoEF & CC, vide letter no. F.NO. J-11011/388/2006-IA-II

(I), dated 18 May 2007, no. F.NO. J-11011/314/2007-IA-II(I), dated 31st August 2007 and no.






F.NO. J-11011/548/2008-IA-II (I) dated 10th June 2009. The consent for operate under Air

(Prevention) and Control of Pollution Act and Water (Prevention) and Control of Pollution

Act are being obtained as per the norms and guidelines of the Andhra Pradesh Pollution

Control Board (APPCB) from time to time. The latest consent for operate issued by APPCB

vide letter no. APPCB.VSP/VSP/65/CFO/HO/2015-454, dated 19thAugust2016, is valid up to

31st October 2021. Copy of the environmental clearances and consent for operate are

enclosed as Annexure 1 and Annexure 2 respectively.

The environmental department headed by a qualified and senior executive has been

implementing various environmental compliance, environmental monitoring and

management aspects in the existing facility. Half yearly environmental compliance reports

are regularly submitted to MoEF & CC Regional office. Online monitoring systems on

consented stacks and treated wastewater discharge line have been installed as per the Central

Pollution Control Board (CPCB) directions and state pollution control board guidelines. The

facility is meeting the stipulated emissions and wastewater discharge quality norms. A

massive greenbelt/plantation area has been developed in an area of 145 acres.

The facility has won the following awards and certifications from various reputed

organizations and agencies for various environment and energy conservation aspects. Various

awards received by Coromandel is shown in the Figure 1.6

Implemented ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18001 systems in the existing facility.

Implemented 5S Productivity management systems (PMS)4 and achieved award for

resource optimization and conservation for achieving highest quality in the plant

operations.

Won Energy conservation awards and Water Conservation awards from CII.

British Council 'Five Star' rating for Safety Management Systems

CII EXIM-BANK Business Excellence Award for 'Strong Commitment to Excel' for

Vizag & Kakinada Plants.

FAI Best Production Performance Award for the Phosphoric Acid Plant at Vizag

received 14timesout of 21 occasions.

Won Best Innovation and Breakthrough Award from Skoch and Frost & Sullivan for

Green Belt development in Phospho Gypsum heaps through Bio-remediation Process

4 5S is a simple tool for organizing the workplace in a clean, efficient and safe manner to enhance the productivity, visual management and to ensure the introduction of standardized working






which is first of its kind in world.

Best Management Award

Figure 1-6 Various Awards Received by Coromandel International Limited – Visakhapatnam plant

Energy efficient unit award received from

CII Green Plantation in Phospho gypsum sediments -Skoch Renaissance Award

Frost & Sullivan – Innovation of year

Award for Green Plantation in Phospho Gypsum

Best Operating Phosphoric acid plant award from FAI

1.3. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Programs Implemented

Social responsibility has been an intrinsic part of the company’s guiding principles since the

inception of the Murugappa Group in 1900. Murugappa Group believes not only in value-

added business but also in discharging its responsibilities towards various sections of society,

by providing opportunities to learn, contribute, advance; recognise and reward initiative,

innovativeness and creativity. We believe in not only making our customers delighted but the

community around us also delighted, by establishing service-oriented institutions. Originally

founded in 1953 as the AMM Charities Trust, the Foundation fulfils the group's commitment






to society. The community initiatives of the Foundation are focused in the areas of education

and health, research and development as well as environment-related projects. Shri AMM

Murugappa Chettiar Research Centre (MCRC) is a non-profit research organization.

Effective utilization of unexploited bio resources and development of eco-friendly products

have been part of research programmes.

With a background entrenched in upliftment of the lesser privileged, Coromandel has always

contributed a fixed share of its profits towards supporting social causes. The organisation is

driven by the distinct characteristics of the group's social conscience on sharing the wealth

from their enterprises amongst the communities around them. Involving the community in

every facet of operations is an integral part of the organization’s functioning.

Coromandel have been contributing continuously to CSR since the inception of the facility.

Growth is benchmarked based not only on profits, but on the resources that the organization

invests in engaging with the community. Over the years, Coromandel have developed several

methods of engagement with the community, all aimed at driving improvement.

Broadly, Coromandel’s CSR initiatives can be categorised as: education, health, community

development and research & development projects aimed at communities living close to

facility; as well as capability enhancement, empowerment of the under-privileged.

1.3.1. Education

Coromandel is committed to creating an enabling environment for children and young people

to develop and evolve as responsible citizens. Through Coromandel’s education initiatives

focus on access, equity and quality of education especially in government schools. Through

its education initiatives Coromandel has been able to enhance interest in studies and is

working towards reducing the dropout rate and ensure children attend school regularly. The

initiatives support the government programs of Swachh Vidyalaya and ensure the children get

a conducive environment to study. Across the interventions in government schools and

colleges, it has been our endeavour to ensure the standards and the experience of education

received is similar to any other school in the country. The support to government schools

began as a response to a study undertaken by Coromandel, having noted it in young girls who

are not comfortable going to school due to lack of toilets and in schools with toilets, due to

lack of cleanliness and hygiene. The initiative is working with government schools in

Gujarat, Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh.






Coromandel is working with government schools across locations like Visakhapatnam,

Kakinada, Jammu, Sarigam, Ankleshwar, Ennore, Ranipet and Hospet.

The girl child education scheme provides assistance to the girls in IX and X classes and

encourages them to continue their education. One of the oldest and most successful

programmes, the scheme identifies girls studying in government schools in IX and X classes.

It is also an impetus for the parents to recognize the inclination and talent that the girl has and

provide her an opportunity to continue her education. Most of the girls are married off after

finishing Class– X. The scholarships are a motivation for the parents and the girl students to

achieve greater heights for themselves. The initiative is working with government schools in

Gujarat, Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh.

Girl Child Education Scholarship Program,

Malkapuram School, Vizag Special Programs on Education Enhancement

Program at Vizag

Computer education training program classes at

Sriharipuram School, Vizag WASH programs for school children,

Pilkavanipalemschool, Vizag Coromandel has partnered with IIM Ahmedabad Alumni Association, Hyderabad Chapter to

provide quality education to the under privileged children in Hyderabad. Udbhav School has

classes from standard I to X, with a total student strength of 640 and staff strength of 30. In

addition to the monetary support, our employees volunteer in this education initiative to

improve child development. The employees spend two hours every Saturday and work on

various aspects of development with the children. The school has provisional recognition for






Classes I to X by the District Education Officer, Hyderabad. It follows the modern

participatory teaching methodology initiated by the Rajiv Gandhi Foundation, to ensure

children inculcate an approach towards learning and not follow the rote system. The

initiative is in Hyderabad, Telangana.

1.3.2. Health

Coromandel is committed to the health and well-being of the communities across all areas of

its operations. They recognize the need to support the government health delivery system for

effective primary healthcare. Within this larger objective, Coromandel has undertaken several

initiatives with rural communities focused on promoting integrated healthcare and developing

health seeking behaviour and appropriate responses.

The Coromandel Medical Centres have been successful in imbibing the practice of preventive

healthcare among the beneficiaries and inculcate awareness towards leading a healthy

lifestyle. It offers outpatient facilities including injections/ IV fluid, nebulisation, and instant

sugar testing. Coromandel Medical Centres at Visakhapatnam, Kakinada and Ennore provide

medical facilities to more than 4000 people every month. We also organize medical and

awareness camps in the area of Diabetes, Anemia, Eye testing etc, where provide

consultation, and medicinal support.

Awareness on Anemia at Medical Camp in Vizag Support in setting up of Super specialty ward at St.

Ann’s J.M. Hospital, Malkapuram, Vizag

Coromandel identified super specialty services is one of the major gap area in rendering

services at an affordable price for the community who are residing in nearby villages. To

fulfill the gap, Coromandel played a major role in the construction of a super specialty wing

at St. Ann's Jubilee Memorial Hospital, Visakhapatnam by donating Rs.60 lakhs. The wing

was named after the erstwhile Chairman, Late Dr. Bharat Ram. The hospital is a charitable

institution located in the neighbourhood of the Visakhapatnam Plant, catering to the medical






needs of the underprivileged sections of society. Equipment such as dialysis unit, ultramodern

ventilator, laparoscope and portable X-ray were also donated. This fully equipped wing caters

to around 120 patients a month.

1.3.3. Community Development

Coromandel firmly believes that women empowerment can bring a sea change among

communities and has been generously contributing towards it for creating alternative

livelihood activities. While working with women, the communities have attributed the

success of the programme to the women’s ability to enhance their family income as an

important indicator of success apart from the improvement in hygiene, sanitation, education

of children and community health. The programmes initially started with health awareness

sessions and then the groups were strengthened to initiate livelihood intervention programme.

The group of women are engaged in making safety hand gloves which are used by

Coromandel employees in Visakhapatnam. The operations are being scaled up to include

more women and provide an opportunity for an alternate income to many more women.

Encouraging Women for Livelihood

Programs, Vizag

Established RO Plant in supplying of purified drinking water for patients at Urban Health

Centre, Sriharipuram

Construction of Community buildings & Halls

at Vizag Established bore wells in the communities






1.4. Overview of the Proposed Project

In view of demand of fertilizers in India and in order to achieve consented production of 3900

MTPD of NP/NPK production, the facility intends to adopt the following modifications and

upgrades in the upstream of the complex fertilizer manufacturing units. Since the existing

“A”, “B” and “C” granulation plants have adequate capacity to generate a maximum daily

production of 3900 MTPD of complex fertilizers, no modifications and upgrades are

envisaged under this upgrade program.

1. Enhancing Phosphoric acid plant (PAP) production capacity from 700 TPD to 1000

TPD P2O5 including evaporation section and fluorine recovery unit.

2. De-bottlenecking the existing Sulphuric Acid Plant (SAP)-1 from 1400 TPD to 1700

TPD,

3. De-bottlenecking the existing Sulphuric Acid Plant -2 from 300 TPD to 400 TPD,




utilization.

6. Installation of storage facility for a capacity of 20000 MT (P2O5 solution) for

phosphoric acid.

7. Installation of 400 TPD evaporation systems for phosphoric acid including fluorine

recovery system.

1.5. Need for the Project

Fertilizers have been considered as an essential input to Indian agriculture for meeting the

food grain requirements of the growing population of the country. Chemical fertilizers bear a

direct relationship with food grain production along with a number of supporting factors like

High Yielding Varieties (HYVs), irrigation, access to credit, enhanced total factors of

productivity, the tenure conditions, size of the product market and prices they face both for

inputs and the outputs etc. Keeping in view of demand of fertilizers in India and in order to

achieve consented production of 3900 TPD NP/NPK production, the facility intends to adopt

the above modifications and upgrades in the upstream of the complex fertilize manufacturing

units. Since the existing A, B and C granulation plants have adequate capacity to generate a

maximum daily production of 3900 TPD of complex fertilizers, Coromandel, Visakhapatnam

will be able to achieve the desired production levels by increasing the in-house capacities of






sulfuric acid and phosphoric acid plants. This enables Coromandel in uninterrupted supply of

fertilizers to the farming community in all the addressable markets, Andhra Pradesh and

Telangana in particular. It also helps in reducing the dependence on the highly fluctuating

international supplies. This is in line with the ‘Make in India’ initiative directed by

Government of India.

1.6. Alternative Sites Proposed for the Project

The purpose of the proposed project is to optimally utilize the existing main plant capacities

and also to ensure that Phosphoric acid is made available on sustained basis, therefore the

proposed project comprises of enhancing the SAP and PAP within the existing facility. Hence

procurement of additional land is not envisaged. Developing the proposed activities within

the existing facility also will help to optimally utilize the existing land within the plant.

1.7. Location of the Facility

The existing facility is located in Sriharipuram area, Malkapuram Post, Visakhapatnam. Due

to rapid industrialization in the region and also due to presence of reputed and large industrial

facilities such as Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (HPCL), Steel Plant and

Visakhapatnam Port etc, the rural areas of Sriharipuram and its environs has transformed into

modern urban areas. The Coromandel facility is located about one kilometre from the main

Sriharipuram area. The existing area of Coromandel is leased from Visakhapatnam Port Trust

and the master plan (land use) of the Visakhapatnam Port Trust Industrial Zone showing the

Coromandel is presented in Figure 1.7. The existing plant coordinates are shown in Figure

1.8. Salient features of the study area are presented in Table 1.1.






Figure 1-7 Land Use of the Visakhapatnam Port Area

Source: Land Use Plan Report of Visakhapatnam Port5,

Figure 1-8 Coromandel International Ltd Existing Plant

5 http://www.vizagport.com/Doc/VPT%20LAND%20USE%20%20PLAN%20FINAL.pdf






Points Latitude Longitude A 17°41'54.70"N 83°13'42.69"E B 17°41'47.67"N 83°13'57.09"E C 17°41'45.54"N 83°14'08.10"E D 17°42'23.92"N 83°14'18.26"E E 17°42'26.17"N 83°14'11.83"E F 17°42'27.32"N 83°13'50.26"E

Table 1-1 Salient Features of the Project Site S.No Particulars Details

1

Location Visakhapatnam Village Sriharipuram District Visakhapatnam State Andhra Pradesh

2 Elevation above mean sea level (MSL) 6 to 9 m

3 Climatic Conditions as per IMD

Nearest IMD Station Kailasagiri, Visakhapatnam Annual (avg) Max Temp:41.3 Deg C Annual (avg) Min Temp:13.7 Deg C Predominant Wind Direction (Annual): South West Annual Average Wind Speed: 9 km/h

4 Nearest highway/road NH-16 (3km aerial distance)

5 Defence installations Eastern Naval Command Head Quarters is located at 5 km from the plant boundary

6 Nearest railway station Visakhapatnam Railway Station is located at 4 Km from the plant boundary

7 Nearest airport Visakhapatnam Airport is located at 1Km from the plant boundary

8 Nearest village Gullalapalem, Mullugada, Malkapuram 9 Nearest town or settlement Sriharipuram is located at 1.0 Km from the plant boundary

10 Nearest river No rivers were found within 10Kms radius

11 Nearest drain Megradrigadda over flow channel within 500m from plant boundary

12 Archaeologically important places

No Archaeological places were identified within the 10 Km radius from the plant boundary.

13 Nearest place of Tourist/Religious importance

Dolphin Nose, a tourist attraction is identified towards south at 3.5km from the plant boundary. Simhachalam temple is located at 6.5km from the plant boundary towards Northern direction.

14

Ecologically sensitive areas (National parks/Wildlife sanctuaries/bio-sphere reserves)

No Ecological sensitive areas were identified within 10 Km radius from the plant boundary.

15 Reserved/Protected forests

Narava Reserved Forest is located at 6.5 km from the plant boundary.

Yerrakonda Reserved Forest is located at 9 km from the plant boundary.

Kailasakonda Forest is located at 5 km from the plant boundary.

16 List of major industries Visakhapatnam steel plant, HPCL, Visakhapatnam Port Trust,






S.No Particulars Details East India Petroleum Limited Bharat Heavy Electrical Ltd (erstwhile BHPV), Hindustan Zinc Limited, Hindustan Ship Yard, Andhra Petro Chemicals Limited, LG Polymers India Private Limited, Essar Steel, Rain CII,

17 Nature of soil in the study area Red loamy soil, Sandy loamy soil, Black cotton soil

Note: All the distances given in above table are aerial distances from the existing manufacturing facility

1.8. Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study

The proposed project falls under category A of the Chemical Fertilizers sector as per the EIA

Notification 2006 and its amendments. The project appraised in the MoEF & CC 6th Expert

Appraisal Committee (Industry-2) meeting held on 30th March and 9th Expert Appraisal

Committee (Industry-2) meeting held on 27th June 2016 for undertaking the EIA study.

Copies of the minutes of meeting issued by MOEF & CC are enclosed in Annexure 3. This

EIA study was undertaken in line with the specific and standard TOR issued by MOEF &

CC. This EIA study was undertaken by M/s Cholamandalam MS Risk Services, a NABET

accredited EIA consulting organisation, with specific project related inputs required for

undertaking the EIA studies from the project department of M/s. Coromandel International

Limited, Visakhapatnam. M/s Cholamandalam MS Risk Services is authorized to undertake

EIA studies for Chemical Fertilizer plants as per the NABET accreditation scheme. A copy of

the accreditation status is presented in Annexure 4.

1.9. Regulatory Context

The following environmental laws are applicable to the proposed project: Environment

Protection Act 1986, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1974, Air (Prevention

and Control of Pollution) Act 1981, Storage and handling of hazardous material, Hazardous

waste (management and handling) rules. The following guidelines and regulations are

applicable for the proposed project: EIA Notification and its amendments, Emission and

wastewater discharge standards stipulated by Ministry of Environment and Forests and

Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board, Noise level standards, National Ambient Air

Quality Standards, minimum stack height requirements specified by Central Pollution

Control Board, fly ash utilization notifications etc.






Air Emission discharge standards – According to the emissions standards suggested

Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APPCB) for chemical fertilizer industry,

particulate matter emissions from boilers should not exceed 100 mg/Nm3.

Minimum stack height standards – according to the environmental protection rules, a

minimum stack height of the thermal power plant will be defined based on the total SO2

emission released from the stack using empirical formula (14 x (Q)0.3), where Q is expressed

in SO2 emission rate in Kg/hr). The stack height requirement for the proposed boiler has been

estimated based on the uncontrolled emissions as per the CPCB guidelines.

Work-zone noise standards: Noise levels in the work-zone area should not exceed 85 dB(A)

for a cumulative exposure time of eight hours. The Central Pollution Control Board has

finalized the Ambient Air Quality standards in respect of Noise under Section 16 (2) (h) of

the Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 as amended in 1987 as follows:

Table 1-2 General Noise Standards

Area Code Category of Area Limits in dB(A) Leq Day Time Night Time

A Industrial Area 75 70 B Commercial Area 65 55 C Residential Area 55 45 D Silence Zone 50 40

Definition Day time: Between 6 AM and 10 PM, Night time: Between 10 PM and 6 AM Silence Zone: Areas upto 100 metres around such premises as hospitals, educational institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be declared by the Competent Authority. Use of vehicular horns, loudspeakers and bursting of crackers shall be banned in these zones. Ambient air Quality Standards – The specific criteria pollutants that are applicable to the

current project are Particulate Matter size less than 10 microns (PM10), particulate matter size

less than 2.5 microns (PM2.5), Sulfur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Carbon

Monoxide (CO). Summary of the ambient air quality standards are presented in Table 1.3.

Treated wastewater discharge standards – The treated wastewater discharge standards as

per the consent issued by APPCB are presented in Table 1.4. Among the criteria pollutants

specified, Nitrate Nitrogen, Ammonical Nitrogen, Free Ammonical Nitrogen, Phosphates, Oil

and Grease and Fluoride are applicable to the proposed project.






Table 1-3 National Ambient Air Quality Standards

Pollutant Time Weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient Air (µg/m3) Industrial

Residential, Rural & Other Areas

Ecologically Sensitive Areas (notified by

Central Government) Sulphur dioxide (SO2) (µg/m3)

Annual Average* 50 20 24 hrs** 80 80

Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) (µg/m3)

Annual Average* 40 30 24 hrs ** 80 80

Particulate Matter (Size less than 10 µg) (PM10) (µg/m3)


Particulate Matter (Size less than 2.5 µg) (PM2.5) (µg/m3)


Ozone (O3) (µg/m3) 8 hrs ** 100 100 1 hrs ** 180 180

Lead (Pb) (µg/m3) Annual Average* 0.5 0.5 24 hrs ** 1.5 1.0

Carbon monoxide (CO) (µg/m3)

8 hrs ** 2000 2000 1 hrs ** 4000 4000

Ammonia (NH3) (µg/m3)


Benzene (C6H6) Annual* 5 5 Benzo(a) Pyrene (BaP)- Particulate phase only (µg/m3)

Annual* 0.001 0.001

Arsenic (As) (µg/m3) Annual* 0.006 0.006 Nickel (Ni) (µg/m3) Annual* 0.020 0.020

Table 1-4 Tolerance Limits for Discharge of Trade Effluents Outlet Parameter Limiting Standards 1&2 pH 6.5 - 8.0

Ammonical Nitrogen 50 mg/l Free Ammonical Nitrogen 4 mg/l Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen 100 mg/l Nitrate Nitrogen 10 mg/l Cyanide as CN 0.2 mg/l Vanadium as V 0.2 mg/l Arsenic as As 0.2 mg/l Phosphate as P 5 mg/l Suspended solids 100 mg/l Oil and Grease 10 mg/l Fluoride as F 10 mg/l Hexavalent Chromium as Cr 0.1 mg/l Total Chromium as Cr 2.0 mg/l






1.10. Overview of the Methodology of the EIA study

This environmental impact assessment report was prepared once the case is appraised in the

MoEF & CC Industry Committee meetings held on 30th Mar 2016 & 27th June 2016. A

summary compliance statement to the specific conditions of the terms of reference is

presented in Annexure 5.

The environmental impact assessment study team headed by an accredited EIA Coordinator

along with the approved Functional Area Experts have undertaken detailed baseline studies

between 4th April 2016 to 14th July 2016 to represent the pre-monsoon conditions. Various

physiochemical parameters such as meteorology, air quality, water quality, noise level

recording, and soil quality were undertaken by M/s Team Labs, Hyderabad, which is an

MOEF & CC and NABL accredited testing agency. Copies of the accreditation of the lab are

presented in Annexure 6. Micro-meteorological data comprising of hourly readings of wind

speed, wind direction, dry bulb temperature, relative humidity, rainfall were measured by

installing an onsite meteorological station at the Coromandel plant. Micro-meteorological

data was adopted for generating wind-rose diagrams and also to predict the ground level

concentrations due to release of emissions from the proposed facility.

Ambient air quality was measured at 8 locations in the study area as per the methods and

procedures suggested by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)6. Air quality sampling was

undertaken for period of 14 weeks and a total of 196 samples were taken. Stipulated criteria

pollutants such as particulate matter size less than 10 microns (PM10), particulate matter size

less than 2.5 microns (PM2.5), Sulfur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Ammonia

(NH3), ozone (O3), Carbon Monoxide (CO), Lead (Pb), Nickel (Ni), Arsenic (As), Benzene

and Particulate phase Benzo(a)Pyrene (BaP) were analyzed at all the locations. The measured

background air quality data was compared with that of the prevailing National Ambient Air

Quality Standards (NAAQs) and this will also form the basis for predicting the cumulative air

quality scenario due to operation of the proposed facility.

Ground water samples from 8 locations were analyzed as per the ToR for all the designated

parameters. The measured values were compared with drinking water standards. Secondary

data on the regional ground water status was also collected from Central Ground Water and

State Ground Water Board.

6 Guidelines for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring by CPCB, Ministry of Environment & Forests, Delhi April 2003






There are no perennial rivers flowing within the study area. All seasonal streams and rivers

located within the study area were mapped through latest remote sensing data under land-use

land cover study. Walkthrough surveys were undertaken to assess the current status of the

water resources. The major cropping pattern and irrigation methods etc were also collected

from local village offices and also published district census data. Surface water quality in the

study area were also collected and analysed for designated physicochemical, elemental and

biological parameters.

Land use and land cover was mapped using remote satellite imagery, LISS IV satellite dated

24th April 2016. The data was processed using applicable software models and level 1 and

level 2 land use classification within the study area was developed. Digital Elevation Model

of the study area was developed to assess the terrain conditions. Flora and fauna survey was

undertaken in the study area and all spotted ecological and biological aspects were mapped

based on grid sampling method. Bio-diversity density and abundance were estimated.

Primary socioeconomic survey was undertaken in the core zone of the study area to capture

the socioeconomic conditions, major occupation of the people, drinking water and sanitation

facilities, transportation and other amenities in the study area, with a specific reference to the

settlements located within 5Km radius of the project site. Based on the socioeconomic

survey, a need based Community Development Plan under Corporate Social Responsibility

(CSR) was suggested.

A detailed review on the process and material balance of the proposed operations were

undertaken. Water and steam balance diagrams were developed as per the ToR issued for the

proposed project. In addition a detailed review on the process technology, material balance,

source of raw materials, fuels etc were also studied. A typical review on the process

equipment, various pollution control systems proposed, details of wastes and discharges that

are envisaged from the proposed project were also undertaken. Such inputs are adopted while

predicting various environmental impacts due to operation of the facility and also to suggest

an appropriate environmental management plan and environmental monitoring plan.

As a part of the environmental impact assessment study, an attempt was made to predict the

possible and likely impacts on background environment. Likely air quality impacts due to

release of emissions from the proposed project components were modelled using AERMOD,

an USEPA approved model. Ground level concentration of criteria pollutants such as

particulate matter, sulphur dioxide, oxides of nitrogen was estimated using MoEF&CC






approved AERMOD model. Hourly meteorological data generated at the project site was

adopted to assess ground level concentrations. 2nd Highest ground level concentrations were

predicted and concentration iso-pleths of the above mentioned pollutants were plotted. The

predicted ground level concentrations of the respective pollutants were added to the

prevailing baseline concentrations of the designated pollutants to assess the likely cumulative

post project scenario and such values were compared with the National Ambient Air Quality

Standards.

Noise generating sources and the expected noise levels (with and without control measures)

were estimated. ISO compliant noise propagation models were used to predict likely noise

levels at the facility boundary. In addition to the above aspects, the positive environmental

benefits arsing from community development plans under CSR programs, ecological and

biodiversity enhancement aspects due to development of plantation and green-cover

development in the vicinity of the project site were also studied.

Based on a detailed environmental impact assessment study, a comprehensive environmental

management plan was developed covering the following aspects: construction phase

environmental management plan, air quality management plan, noise and water quality

management plan, wastewater treatment, reuse, recycling and disposal program, solid and

hazardous waste collection, storage and disposal program, fly ash and gypsum collection and

disposal plans, socioeconomic and community development plan. An outline of the proposed

environmental management plan is presented in this report.

Public Consultation/ Public Hearing was conducted to take the views and comments of the

public for the proposed project on 08.12.2016 at 11AM at Coromandel Recreation Centre

Ground located adjacent to the existing Coromandel International Limited facility,

Sriharipuram

The proposed project doesn’t involve in handling and storage of any flammable materials

such as fuel oils etc. the existing facility has already obtained necessary approvals from

relevant authorities under factories rules.

1.11. Structure of the EIA report

This report is organized into ten sections. Chapter 2 of this report presents details of the

existing facility and various compliance related aspects. Chapter 3 presents the proposed

facility, process and material balance, raw-materials and energy balance and details of






various supporting facilities required for the project and an outline of the project cost and

project implementation schedules. Chapter 4 of this report presents the description of the

baseline environmental conditions of the study area. This includes the data obtained from

primary surveys and also secondary published data from various authentic sources. All the

specified environmental components such as, meteorological data, air quality, noise levels,

surface and ground water quality, geological features, soil quality, land use and land cover in

the study area, cropping pattern, ecological and biological environmental conditions,

socioeconomic and cultural aspects of the project site. All the relevant aspects as mentioned

in the terms of reference were thoroughly addressed. Chapter 5 presents the environmental

aspects associated with the proposed project, envisaged emissions and discharges from the

facility, an overview of various pollution control systems proposed under project planning

activities in the detailed project report and construction and operational phase environmental

impacts. Chapter 6 presents the discussions on alternatives analysis. Chapter 7 depicts the

environmental monitoring program for the proposed expansion. Chapter 8 various special

studies like overview of Public Hearing, Safety Management and Disaster Management.

Section 9 presents the benefits of the project. Chapter 10 depicts the summary of proposed

environmental management plan. Chapter 11 summary and conclusions of the project and

Chapter 12 presents the declaration by the EIA consultant organization as per the NABET

requirements.


EIA Study for Proposed Enhancement of Phosphoric Acid Production from 700 MTPD to 1000 MTPD P2O5 and Other Auxiliary Facilities within the Existing Fertilizer Complex of Coromandel International Limited, Visakhapatnam


Chapter 2: Details of

Existing fertilizer unit and Environmental Compliance


2. Details of Existing Fertilizer unit and Environmental Compliance

2.1. Overview of Exiting Unit

Coromandel has implemented good safety and environmental engineering practices since the

inception of the plant and has been complying with all applicable environmental regulations

and standards. Coromandel had always taken the lead in environment friendly technology in

fertilizer manufacturing and as part of the above, Coromandel has updated the technology

with state of the art technology such as DCDA (Double Conversion Double Absorption)with

5 beds converter in Sulphuric acid plant, Dry disposal and storage of gypsum on lined pond

in Phosphoric acid plant, improved design of Effluent treatment plant, Pipe reactor

technology in granulation plant, Air pre-heater in place of fuel oil based hot air generators in

granulation plants, Screw un-loader in place of conventional grab bucket at wharf for

unloading of solid raw materials and usage of molten sulfur in place of solid sulphur for

manufacturing of sulphuric acid.

This section presents an overview of the environmental compliance in the existing facility

with respect to Environmental Clearances accorded (vide letter no. F.NO. J-11011/388/2006-

IA-II (I), dated 18th May 2007, no. F.NO. J-11011/314/2007-IA-II(I), dated 31st August 2007

and no. F.NO. J-11011/548/2008-IA-II (I), dated 10th June 2009) and Consent For Operate

(vide letter no. APPCB.VSP/VSP/65/CFO/HO/2015-454, dated 19thstAugust 2016 2016). The

facility was granted environmental clearance for the manufacture of 3900 TPD of complex

fertilizers of various grades and types and 700 TPD of Phosphoric acid.

The existing facility consists of the following:

Sulphuric acid plant (SAP): SAP-1:1400 TPD, SAP-2: 300 TPD, sulphuric acid

storage tanks, sulphur storage facilities, waste heat recovery boilers, scrubbers etc

Phosphoric acid plant (PAP): rock phosphate storage and grinding facilities, 700 TPD

of phosphoric acid manufacturing facility, scrubbers, fluorosilcic acid recovery plant

and phosphoric acid storage tank.

Three streams of granulation plants with a total capacity of 3900 TPD consisting of

main plant facilities, scrubbers, ammonia storage tanks, urea storage facility, product

handling and bagging plant.

LSHS fired boilers to meet the requirement of process steam and power generation.







Other supporting facilities include raw water treatment, sea water supply system,

wastewater treatment & recycling facilities and gypsum storage facilities

2 nos of DG sets each with a capacity of 4 MW and 1 number of TG set with 5MW

capacity

Raw material storage warehouse and wharf facility

Canteen and colony facilities

The existing layout is given as Figure 2.1

Figure 2-1 Existing Layout of the Coromandel Facility

The existing facility initially commenced production in the year 1967 with an installed

capacity of 2,50,000 MTPA of complex fertilizer manufacturing and upgraded to 8,00,000

MTPA (2700 MTPD) over a period prior to EIA notification 2006. Hence EC clearance for

2700 TPD is not applicable. However the facility has enhanced the production capacity from







2700 TPD to 3900 TPD during the year 2009 after obtaining the necessary environmental

clearance for the expansion facility from MoEF vide letter no. F.NO. J-11011/388/2006-IA-II

(I), dated 18th May 2007. The facility has enhanced Phosphoric Acid Plant capacity from 500

TPD to 700 TPD in the year 2009 after obtaining the necessary environmental clearance,

MoEF vide letter no. F.NO. J-11011/314/2007-IA-II (I), dated 31st August 2007. The

management of Coromandel has introduced customized fertilizer products manufacturing

facility in the year 2010 for which the environmental clearance was also obtained vide letter

no. F.NO. J-11011/548/2008-IA-II (I), dated 10th June 2009 as per the applicable guidelines.

Copies of the environmental clearances issued for the existing facility are presented in

Annexure 1.

The management of Coromandel has been submitting the half yearly compliance reports to

MoEF & CC regional office after meeting all the stipulated Environmental Clearance

conditions. Copy of the half yearly compliance report is presented in Annexure 7.

2.2. Description of the Existing Facilities

Coromandel International Limited, Visakhapatnam, is able to produce various NP / NPK

fertilizer products at the existing facility as per the permitted and consented production

capacity of 3900TPD.

2.3. Raw Material Receipts and Wharf Facilities

Raw materials such as Rock phosphate, molten sulphur, solid sulphur, potash, Mono-

Ammonium Phosphate (MAP), urea and ammonia are being imported at the facility

(wharf/jetty area) which is exclusively for Coromandel, is located at Visakhapatnam Port

about 5 Km away from the main plant. The existing wharf/ jetty are connected by a dedicated

road of Coromandel.

Ammonia, which is the raw material for complex fertilizers is currently imported at the

existing wharf/jetty and directly transferred to the plant through dedicated pipe line and

stored in atmospheric Ammonia storage tanks located in plant premises. The rock phosphate,

which is the raw material for phosphoric acid production is imported and stored initially in

silos at wharf/jetty. Closed pipe conveyors are used for raw material transfer in order to

minimize the dust emissions. These solid raw materials are later transferred to plant by

covered trucks through dedicated road of Coromandel. Similarly Potash, Urea and Sulphur

(solid sulphur and molten sulphur) are also imported and transported through trucks.







The total requirement of phosphoric acid is about 1000 TPD for 3900 TPD of NP/NPK

product manufacturing, of which about 700 TPD is manufactured internally and the

additional requirement of 300 TPD is met through imports. Similarly, the total requirement of

sulphuric acid is about 2900 TPD, of which about 1700 TPD is manufactured internally and

the additional requirement of 1200 TPD is met through imports. The phosphoric acid and

sulphuric acid are stored in dedicated storage tanks available within the facility. Coromandel

is having 7 Nos. of phosphoric acid storage tanks (7 x 610 m3) and 4 Nos. of sulphuric acid

storage tanks (total 10,000 MT) within the facility.

Molten sulphur storages tanks of 10,000 MT (2 X 5000 MT) capacity are present at wharf

facility and maintained with help of LSHS fired steam generating boilers. Molten sulphur is

transferred to the plant through insulated trucks. Solid sulphur received from wharf/jetty is

stored in closed godowns having a capacity of 24,000 MT. Rock phosphate received from the

wharf/jetty is stored in closed go-downs having a total capacity of 80,000 MT. Ammonia is

stored in two numbers of atmospheric storage tanks of total capacity 12,500 MT located in

the plant premises. Urea received from wharf/jetty is stored in a closed go down having a

capacity of 30,000 MT. Potash received from wharf/jetty is stored in a closed go down of

10,000 MT.

2.4. Manufacture of Phosphoric Acid

The primary raw materials required for the manufacture of complex fertilizers are Phosphoric

acid, Sulphuric acid, Ammonia, Urea and Potash. Sulphuric acid is also used in the

manufacturing of Phosphoric acid. The rock phosphate received at the site is subjected to

grinding. Ground rock phosphate is reacted with sulphuric acid to form phosphoric acid and

gypsum slurry. This slurry is filtered to separate dilute phosphoric acid (26% P2O5) and

gypsum in a vacuum operated filter, which is further concentrated in evaporators to

concentrate to 47% P2O5 concentration. During the concentration of phosphoric acid, fluorine

vapors generated are recovered in the form of 18% concentration of Hydro fluoro silicic acid.

The existing phosphoric acid is designed to produce 700 TPD as P2O5 of acid. Closed circuit

cooling tower is being used for cooling purpose in the evaporators system in the Phosphoric

acid plant.

The process technology adopted for the manufacturing of Phosphoric Acid is the

conventional Di-hydrate process. The imported rock phosphate is stored in a closed godown,







within the factory, is transported to the Grinding area. The Ball Mill with open loop grinding

arrangement is envisaged to crush the rock phosphate to the appropriate size and will be

stored in an intermediate silo. Ground Rock is then conveyed to Phosphoric acid plant using

state of art Pipe Conveyor system.This rock phosphate is then carefully weighed on automatic

electronic weigh feeders and fed to the Reaction Vessel. Sulphuric acid is diluted, cooled and

mixed with the rock phosphate. The formed slurry is intensely agitated using specially

designed agitators in a circular Reaction Tank. This slurry is well agitated in the outer

compartment to facilitate the completion of reaction between rock phosphate and sulfuric

Acid before entering an inner vessel placed within the circular tank. This vessel is designed

to allow de-super saturation and then slurry enters Filter Feed Tank. The entire slurry is

pumped into Horizontal Belt Filter (HBF). Cooling Air is impinged on the reaction mass for

cooling. The filtration is carried out on HBF to ensure the separation of the liquid phosphoric

acid from the solid calcium sulphate (otherwise known as phosphogypsum). The

phosphogypsum is washed repeatedly using fresh water to ensure complete recovery of

phosphoric acid. The washings of the filter cake are recycled to the main reaction tank. The

product phosphoric acid is transferred to storage and the washed filter cake is transported to

the dry gypsum handling yard. The gases containing the fluorides are recovered using the

suction fan from the various vessels of the plant and scrubbed with fresh water to ensure

recovery of fluorides containing compounds from the gases. The fluoride free gas is then

vented through a high stack.

Ca3 (PO4)2 + 3H2SO4 + 2H2O 2H3PO4+3CaSO4.2H2O

Fluorine and silica containing gases liberated during Evaporation are led into fluorine

recovery unit, where the gases are absorbed in circulating water to produce

Hydrofluorosilicic acid, which is sold as a by-product. The phosphoric acid plant is designed

by M/s Dorr Oliver of U.S.A. The plant is provided with:

a) Multi stage Fumes Scrubber supplied by M/s MDEEL to scrub and recover the

Fluorine

b) Pipe Conveyor System for rock phosphate transfer – with technology of M/s

FLSmidth

c) Fluorine Recovery Unit – with technology of M/s Nissan, Japan.

d) Distributed control system for the process control by M/s Yokogawa

e) Dry gypsum disposal by M/s HDO







f) Effluent Treatment Plant by M/s HDO

2.5. Sulphuric Acid Process Description

The sulphuric acid required for the main product and also for producing the Phosphoric acid

is met through both captive productions as well as by imports or sourcing locally. Two

numbers of sulphuric acid manufacturing plants (1400 TPD + 300 TPD) are in operation at

the facility. Sulphur is heated to the required temperature and fired in the combustion

chamber. The heat generated in the process is used for producing steam in respective waste

heat boilers which is consumed for process heating and balance steam for power generation.

The process Technology used here is that of the Double Conversion Double Absorption

(DCDA) system with 5 beds convertor and features incorporated for maximum energy

recovery. Imported Sulfur available in two states is being used (solid and molten form). The

solid sulfur granules are melted by the use of steam, using coils placed in the melter pit and

then is pumped through the sulfur filter into a holding pit, while liquid sulphur is directly fed

into the holding tank. The cleaned sulfur is then pumped into the sulfur burner where in the

presence of oxygen from the dry air it is converted into sulfur dioxide. The air before being

fed to sulfur burner is dried in drying tower using sulfuric acid as the medium for absorbing

moisture from the air. The heat generated in the reaction between sulfur & oxygen is

recovered as steam using the waste heat boiler. The cooled gas is then catalytically converted

using vanadium pent-oxide to sulfur tri-oxide. This reaction being exothermic, raises the

reacting gas temperature, the resulting heat is then effectively recovered by superheating the

steam, generated by the waste heat boiler. After cooling, the gas is then further converted for

the second time to produce more sulfur tri-oxide. The resulting heat is then recovered in the

hot heat exchanger before being sent to the converter for the 3rd time for more conversion to

sulfur tri-oxide. The 3rd pass obtains the conversion efficiency of up to 95% and the heat of

reaction of the 3rd pass is recovered in the cold heat exchanger & economizer. The cooled gas

containing substantial quantities of sulfur tri-oxide is then sent to the intermediate absorption

tower wherein it absorbed in water which is present in 98.5% circulating sulfuric acid to form

98.9% sulfuric acid. Water is mixed with 98.9% sulfuric acid to make 98.5% sulfuric acid in

circulation tank. The gas free of sulfur tri-oxide is passed through the mist eliminator to

ensure that droplets of sulfuric acid are removed from the gas stream. this gas is then heated

in the cold and the hot heat exchangers to a temperature of 400 C before being sent into the

4th and 5th pass of the converter wherein the small quantities of sulfur di-oxide leftover is







converted to the tri-oxide form. The heat of reaction obtained here is also recovered in the

economizer by heating the boiler feed water that is being sent to the waste heat boiler. The

cooled gas containing the sulfur tri -oxide is then absorbed in the final absorption tower using

sulfuric acid to form the additional quantities of sulfuric acid.

The spent gasses are passed through alkali scrubber before being vented to the atmosphere

through a stack. The steam produced in waste heat boiler is super heated in the super heater

placed downstream of the first pass of the converter is then used to:

1) Generate power in captive Turbo Generator Power plant (5 MW).

2) Run Sulphuric acid plant Main Air Blower.

3) Hot air generator for drying in granulation plant.

4) The Exhaust steam from Main Air Blower is then used as

a) Heating medium in the Evaporation Section of Phosphoric Acid Plant.

b) Heat medium in Granulation Section of Complex Fertiliser Granulation Plant

c) A part of the steam is also used for heating the sulfur in the melters and de-

aerating the fresh boiler feed water.







Sulphuric acid Plant – I 1400 MTPD

Sulphuric acid Plant – II 300 MTPD

Sulphur Sulphur Water Air Water Air

Sulphuric Acid

Phosphoric acid Plant 700 MTPD

Water

Rock Phosphate By Product Gypsum

Evaporation & Fluorine Recovery

Granulation Plant 3900 MTPD (3 streams)

By Product Hydro fluoro silicic Acid

NP / NPK fertilizer

Weak P2O5 Acid

Strong P2O5 Acid

Products Steam

Steam

Steam

Ammonia

Urea

Potash

Bought out Sulf Acid

Auxiliary Boiler 48 MTPH 31 MTPH

LSHS

Diesel Generators

2 nos x 4 MW

LSHS

Turbo Generator 1 nos X 5 MW

Bought out Phos Acid

Figure 2-2Typical Process Flow Diagram of Existing Operations







2.6. Manufacture of Complex Fertilizers

Existing facility consists of three streams of Granulation plants A, B and C. Plants A & B are

based on TVA Pre-Neutralization Technology supplied by M/s Wellman Lord, U.S.A, while

Plant C is based on Pipe Reactor Technology supplied by Incro, Spain.

The plants A, B and C are equipped with the following:

Multi Stage scrubbing system for dust, ammonia and fluorine removal.

Plant A and C are provided with high efficiency Pipe reactors.

Steam based hot air generation system for drying purpose.

Distributed Control System for Process Control.

Raw Materials required for the manufacture of complex fertilizers are, Liquid Ammonia,

Urea, Potash, sulphur, phosphoric acid at 26% concentration, phosphoric acid at 47%

concentration and sulphuric acid at 98.5 % concentration. The conventional process for

manufacturing of complex Phosphatic (NP/NPK) Fertilizer involves the reaction between

ammonia, phosphoric and sulfuric Acid. The slurry thus formed containing upto 80-85% of

solids is then pumped into a Rotary Drum Granulator wherein it coats the recycled fertilizer

solid (of fine size) and Urea / Potash granules to form larger granules of complex fertiliser

prior to drying and separation of appropriately sized product granules. As a technological

improvement, Pipe Reactor is introduced to improve efficiency, quality & throughput. Pipe

Reactor is positioned such that the spray from the outlet of the reactor falls directly on to the

bed of recycled fertilizer in the Granulator. The feed of raw materials is carefully controlled

using high accuracy flow meters to ensure the desired grade of fertilizers manufactured. The

Pipe Reactor allows a higher temperature operation of the reacting slurry & also eliminates

the problems of pumping the slurry into the Granulator. These allow better Granules & a

lower ratio of recycled fertilizer material to fresh feed material. Thus, for a given capacity of

the recycled fertilizer handling system the pipe reactor enables a higher throughput of

product. The discharge from the Granulator is dried in a Rotary Dryer using hot air as a

drying medium, screened in industrial sieves to separate the oversize particles from the

product size Granules and under size fines material. The oversize is crushed in oversize

Pulverizers and is compounded with the under size fines to form the recycled fertilizer which

is fed back to the Granulator. The product size granules are taken to the bulk storage and

consequently to the bagging plant as and when required for bagging operations prior to

despatch from factory.







Sea water is used in sulphuric acid and phosphoric acid plants for the purpose of process

cooling and in the condenser of TG (Turbo Generator) as once through medium. This water is

finally discharge into the common effluent channel related to all neighbouring industries.

Power requirement for the existing facility is met from internal power generation through TG

and the balance is met through APEPDCL and APGPCL.

The existing production details are summarized in Table 2.1.

Table 2-1 Summary of Existing Production Details

Parameter Units Existing installed/ permitted capacity

Complex fertilizers Total main plant production capacity TPD 3900 Sulphuric Acid SAP 1 – Production capacity TPD 1400 SAP 2 – Production capacity TPD 300 SA Imports TPD 1200 Total SA TPD 2900 Phosphoric Acid PA (as P2O5) production capacity TPD 700 PA Import (as P2O5) TPD 300 Total PA (as P2O5) TPD 1000 Steam generation capacity of Boilers LSHS Fired boilers TPH 1x31 + 1x48 Waste-heat boilers in SAPs TPH 1x65 + 1x15 Total steam generation capacity TPH 159 Power Generation Capacity Existing DG Sets (stand by) MW 1x4 + 1x4 Steam Turbo Generator (Condensing + Back pressure)

MW 5

Total installed power generation MW 13

2.7. Environmental Clearance and Compliance

MoEF & CC regional officer (RO) from Chennai has visited the plant on 27th May 2015 and

issued compliance status. Copy of the compliance report is presented in Annexure 8.

Coromandel has complied with all the conditions stipulated in the environmental clearance

issued for the existing facility and the responses to the MoEF RO letter is also enclosed in

Annexure 9.

The facility was also accorded Consent For Operate (CFO) under Air (Prevention and







Control of pollution) Act and Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act and the latest

renewed consent is valid up to the 31st of October 2021 and the letters are enclosed as

Annexure 2.

Coromandel is committed to ensure environmental compliance and highest environmental

quality in the existing unit. A dedicated environmental team headed by a qualified and

experienced Assistant General Manager -EHS under the leadership and guidance of Sr.

Associate Vice President-Manufacturing and supported by Manager- Environment and other

staff from quality control & laboratory. The team has been implementing various day to day

environmental management programs in the existing facilities.

As per the earlier EC, the following specific and general conditions are complied and

summary of the compliance status is discussed hereunder:

2.7.1. Stack Emissions and Compliance

Emissions sources in the existing facilities are sulphuric acid plants, phosphoric acid plant,

complex fertilizer plant and LSHS boiler. The vapour evolved during evaporation of

phosphoric acid is containing fluorine which is converted to Hydro-fluro silicic acid using

absorbers. The fluorine is recovered as H2SiF6 and sold as a valuable by-product and thereby

minimizing pollution load. Four number of bag filters are installed to control the dust

generated from handling of rock phosphate. Closed type pipe conveyors are used for the

transfer of rock phosphate thereby preventing dust emissions. The quantities and the

composition of the gaseous, liquid and solid waste that are generated in the plant are

regulated such that their final disposal into the environment meets all the statutory

requirements and the environmental impacts are minimized. The gaseous emissions from all

the process stacks are being monitored in the existing facility on daily basis by the in-house

laboratory. In addition, MoEF&CC/NABL accredited lab is carrying the emission monitoring

on monthly basis. Continuous emission monitoring systems are installed on the designated

stacks and the data has been uploaded to the APPCB/CPCB server through online data

transmission system. It is noted from the long term plant data and also the external testing lab

data, that the concentration of the stipulated pollutants (PM and Ammonia) are meeting the

stipulated emission levels of 45 mg/Nm3 and 175 mg/Nm3 for PM and NH3 respectively. The

lab test reports and summary of the long term emission data are presented in Annexure 10.







Figure 2-3 View of Existing Scrubbers in SAP and Granulation Units

Sulphuric Acid Plant 1 & Plant 2

Granulation Plants

2.7.2. Ambient Air Quality Status at the Facility

Three continuous ambient air quality monitoring (CAAQM) stations were installed as per the

EC conditions within the plant premises. CAAQM data from these stations have been

connected to APPCB server. AAQ is also monitored by MoEF&CC accredited laboratory at

three locations twice a week. The plant ambient air quality data indicated that the ambient air

quality at the facility was found to comply with the NAAQs. The lab test reports and

summary of the long term ambient air quality are presented in Annexure 11. Long term AAQ

data indicated that The PM2.5 in the facility is ranging from 23µg/m3 to 50µg/m3 Similarly







PM10 is varying in the range of 46µg/m3 to 88µg/m3. The SO2 and NOX concentrations in the

facility were found to be in the ranges of 8µg/m3 to 37µg/m3 and 15µg/m3 to 35µg/m3

respectively. Ammonia is varying in the range of 0.05mg/m3 to 0.1mg/m3. All the measured

parameters in the ambient air within the facility are maintained well within the NAAQ

standards.

Figure 2-4 View of Existing Continuous Ambient Air Monitoring Stations

AAQM Station near Garage AAQM Station near Admin Building

AAQM Station Near Bagging Plant

2.7.3. Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation

The existing facility has obtained permission from GVMC for the supply of about 9092

m3/day of water from Thatipudi Reservoir and Meghadrigedda Reservoirs. The current water

consumption in the facility was reported to be in the order of 8700 m3/day which is about 2

m3/T of complex fertilizer manufactured at site. This specific water consumption is less than







the industry benchmark level of 4m3/T. This has been achieved due to adoption of recycling

of treated wastewater in the main plant and adopting various water conservation measures in

process and cooling operations. The facility is permitted to discharge about 7890 m3/day of

treated wastewater into industrial drain, whereas the facility is achieving maximum possible

recycling with the plant and the maximum discharge of the unutilized treated wastewater into

the drain is maintained less than 1800 m3/day. Treated wastewater quality is maintained

within the stipulated discharge limits. The lab test reports and summary of the long term data

are presented in Annexure 12. The existing wastewater treatment plant is designed to treat

about 1800 m3/day. The treatment plant is designed based on physiochemical treatment

process (two stage Lime Neutralization system). The treatment units present in the ETP are:

equalization Tank, clarifloculators, buffer tank and filter presses etc.

In order to reduce the fresh water consumption for cooling, once through sea water cooling

system was installed during the inception of the plant during the year 1967. The existing

facility is permitted to utilize and discharge the sea water to the tune of 60,000 m3/day. As

per the applicable guidelines the return seawater temperature is maintained less than 3

Degrees C from the background ambient levels as against the standards of 5 Degrees C. Due

to adoption of once through sea water cooling system in the main plant, about 4500 m3/day of

fresh water is conserved.

Figure 2-5 Existing Effluent Treatment Plant Scheme







Figure 2-6 View of Existing Effluent Treatment Plant







2.7.4. Gypsum Generation and Disposal

Coromandel has adopted the dry disposal system replacing the wet disposal practices. About

3500 TPD of gypsum is generated from the existing facility while manufacturing about 700

TPD of phosphoric acid. The average moisture content in the gypsum is reported to be in the

order of 15 to 20%. Hence leaching of water from the gypsum due to storage at the lined pad

was observed to be minimal, which is recycled in the process.

The initial gypsum storage area was about 155 Acres. Coromandel undertook a project on

Reclamation (Greening) of Phospho Gypsum heaps in area of 18 acres, offering an


over. This project has attracted the nation's attention by winning three innovation awards so

far. The joint team (Coromandel & TERI) successfully reclaimed the gypsum pond areas and

completed plantation of about 18,000 units in an area of 18 acres in the year 2013. This

project has already set a benchmark for all phosphoric acid plants within the country as well

as across the world for improving environment.

Coromandel has disposed the old stocks of the gypsum lying in the existing gypsum pond and

currently about 360000 Tonnes of gypsum is lying at the gypsum storage yard, which will be

further disposed to cement manufacturing units. The gypsum generated from the existing

operations is constantly disposed to cement manufacturers, thereby achieving 100%

utilization of gypsum. Coromandel has signed expression of interest with cement plants such

as M/s Myhome cements, M/s Ramco cements, M/s Deccan cements etc for disposal of

gypsum produced in the plant. Copies of the expression of interest are enclosed in

Annexure13.

About 5 acres of the lined gypsum yard is being used for the storage of gypsum during the

contingency period (lean cement manufacture period). The design details conform with

CPCB guidelines and single composite liner comprising of a HDPE geo-membrane system

was provided for gypsum storage facilities. Three test wells were installed near the existing

gypsum storage facility. Two types of garland drains are constructed all along the existing

gypsum storage area. The rainwater runoff from gypsum storage is collected in the existing

leachate collection sump and further reused in the main plant operations. In order to avoid

cross contamination of rain water from upstream of the plant area, a garland drain was

constructed all along the southern boundary of the existing gypsum storage area. This







uncontaminated storm water runoff is discharged into industrial drain located adjacent to the

facility.

Figure 2-7 View of Gypsum Storage Yard

View of Garland storm water drain View of Leachate collection drain

View of leachate collection sump & transfer pump to process units

2.7.5. Existing Greenbelt and Plantation

Coromandel has developed a massive plantation and greenbelt activities in the existing

facility. Out of 436 acres of the total extent of the land, 145 acres are developed as Green

Belt. The current green cover area comprises of more than 33% of the built area of the

existing facility. View of the existing green belt and its layout is shown in Figure 2.9 & 2.10

respectively

Coromandel is undertaking massive plantation program since the inception of the unit in

1960s, these trees are fully grown and supported a good biodiversity in the middle of a

rapidly growing urban environment in the neighbourhood. Based on the baseline studies it is

noted that the biodiversity of faunal species at the plant greenbelt area was reported increase

from the background area.







The preliminary studies reveal that there are more natural as well as planted species of flora

inside Coromandel. The natural species includes Borassus, Neem, Ficus benghalensis, Ficus

microcorpe and more number of climbers and grass species. The shrubs include Calotropis

and Datura stramonium. Ground flora is dominant with common grass varieties. Near the

plantation zone, Cressa cretica, Ipomea prescarpe are predominant. These two species

generally occur near sea shores. Cressa cretica is used as medicinal plant and cultivated. This

species is a perennial halophyte (Hemicryptophyte) that lives in salty oases or in seasonally

wet depressions in wet sandy areas, including such as temporary pools and marshes. The

proposed unit is within the plant and need not to clear any type of vegetation.

Near the Coromandel main entrance area, more woody species such as Peltoforum, Samania

and Delonix which attaract birds and other smaller mammals present. Plantations include

Ficus varities, Parkinsonia, Casuarina, Grevia, Pongamia and Terminalia. The ornamental

plants maintained near the Coromandel guest house as well as office premises attracts more

butterfly species. The plantation was taken up within the plant unit and low lying areas are

enhancing the ecological values of the surroundings. The food chain is already building near

Casuarina plantation. The ground flora is also maintained well with typical grass species and

creepers such as Ipomea pres-carpe.

Table 2-2 Biodiversity Indices at Coromandel facility Area (Outcome of plantation and biodiversity initiatives by Coromandel over a period of 40 years)

S.No Scientific Name Relative Density

Relative Frequency

Relative Abundance IVI

1 Acacia auriculiformis 1.59 4.00 2.50 8.09 2 Albizia lebbeck 1.59 4.00 2.50 8.09 3 Azadirachta indica 4.37 6.00 4.59 14.95 4 Bambusa arundinacea 3.17 6.00 3.34 12.51 5 Borassus flabellifer 2.78 4.00 4.38 11.16 6 Casuarina equisetifolia 27.78 10.00 17.52 55.30 7 Dalbergia sissoo 3.97 6.00 4.17 14.14 8 Delonix regia 2.38 4.00 3.75 10.13 9 Eucalyptus globulus 9.13 8.00 7.19 24.32

10 Ficus benghalensis 5.95 10.00 3.75 19.71 11 Ficus microcape 4.76 8.00 3.75 16.52 12 Grewia hirsuta 5.95 6.00 6.26 18.21 13 Peltophorum pterocarpum 10.32 6.00 10.84 27.16 14 Plumeria alba 2.78 2.00 8.76 13.54







S.No Scientific Name Relative Density

Relative Frequency

Relative Abundance IVI

15 Polyalthia longifolia 5.95 6.00 6.26 18.21 16 Pongamia pinnata 2.78 6.00 2.92 11.70 17 Cocos nucifera 4.76 4.00 7.51 16.27

Figure 2-8 Indicial Value Index (IVI) of Tree Species

As per the primary data presented in Figure 2.8 that Casuarina and Peltophorum are

predominant within the Coromandel boundary and this may be due to more plantation works.

Biodiversity indices for the Coromandel area are shown in Table 2.3. The Shannon indices

value is 2.694 indicates good diversity and population of individuals more and Dominance of

the species is 80% and Evenness is upto 87%. Distribution pattern of species was identified

as contiguous/clumped distribution as the value of A/F ratio is 0.128 which is more than

0.050 as per Curtis and Cottam (1956). Contiguous distribution is most common in where

plantation works taken up.

Fauna at Coromandel facility: Within the Coromandel there are several roosting spots for

Birds. Certain fruit birds are observed on the Eucalyptus trees. Palm squirrels are commonly

seen near coconut and other ornamental tree species. There are no indirect evidences of any

other higher mammals within the boundary of Coromandel plant unit. Few reptilian species

such as garden lizards, snakes and frogs and toads are common throughout the plantation area

and near open spaces of guesthouse campus. From the secondary source (local people

working in the plant) it is also revealed that presence of Rat snakes and other common green

vine snakes exists here.







Avifaunal diversity at Coromandel facility: Common bird species such as Green bee

eaters, Indian rollers, Parakeets, White headed babblers, Weaver birds, Mynas, Black

drangos, Crows, Sparrows are sighted here.

Scheduled species at Coromandel facility: Based on the primary survey as well as literature

collected and from local villagers, it is revealed that there Schedule –I species are not present

within the boundary of Coromandel.

Table 2-3 Biodiversity Indices for Coromandel Facility Area

Dominance D 0.080 Shannon H 2.694 Simpson 1-D 0.920 Evenness e^H/S 0.870 Margalef 2.805 A/F value 0.128

Figure 2-9 Greenbelt and Plantation Activities at Coromandel Visakhapatnam plant







Figure 2-10 Greenbelt and Plantation Area of Coromandel Facility

2.7.6. Occupational Health

Coromandel International Limited is equipped with a full-fledged Occupational Health

Centre within the factory premises. OHC is manned by a qualified full time Medical Officer

and a contracted Medical officer supported with eight para medical staff.

1. The following are facilities and services were available as a part of corporate

occupational healthcare program.

2. A dedicated Occupational Health Centre (OHC) headed by a qualified doctor

3. First aid facilities was made available across the facility

4. OHC facilities were equipped with the following:

Stools, height appropriate to counter, adjustable with backs

Examination tables

Medication cabinet, with locks, Instrument trays, Refrigerator

Sphygmomanometer, Electrocardiograph, Vision screening apparatus, Spiro

meter, audiometer, nebulizer, Multipara monitors, suction apparatus,

continuous positive airway pressure apparatus

Crutches, walkers, oxygen supply systems, Vaccines







Patients and staff education aids

Well equipped laboratory

5. The following medical tests were undertaken at the facility:

Pre - employment medical checkup at the time of employment

Periodical medical checkup will be been done for all employees twice in a

year

Urine tests: Cells (exfoliate cytology) - bladder cancer, Level of toxin e.g.

mercury, Level of metabolite e.g. TCA (tricarboxylic acid), Protein (especially

kidney damage), Bile (jaundice), Sugar (diabetes) - relevant to shift work,

public service vehicle (PSV) driving

Blood tests- Full blood count and haemoglobin - work in the tropics, Serum

(deep frozen) - baseline antibody levels in pathogen exposure, Liver function

tests - alcohol, hepatotoxic chemicals, Renal function tests - kidney toxins,.

ECG - was conducted once in 6 months for those above 40 years.

Food handlers test - was conducted once in a year (typhoid & stool tests).

Eye testing by Ophthalmologist - was conducted Once in a year (every 6

months for >40 yrs).

Water testing - quarterly for fitness for human consumption.

Vision - Acuity tests e.g. lorry drivers, pilots etc, Colour blindness tests e.g.

civil aviation, railways, microscopy.

X-rays - Chest x-rays are useful for conditions such as infection,

Pneumoconiosis chest x-rays was conducted once in 3 years.

Audiometry - The lowest intensity of hearing was conducted once in a year.

Spirometric - diagnose asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease

(COPD) and other conditions that affect breathing were conducted once in a

year.

One Ambulance is stationed in the Plant 24 hours with basic facilities fitted like retractable

stretcher, first aid boxes with medicines, oxygen cylinders etc., and first aid boxes provided

with medicines kept at vulnerable places inside the Plant. The Photographs of the

Occupational Health centre and ambulance is given in Figure 2.11.







Figure 2-11 Facilities in Occupational Health Centre







2.7.7. Solid and Hazardous Wastes Generation and Disposal

Coromandel has obtained the authorization (vide CFO letter no.

APPCB.VSP/VSP/65/CFO/HO/2015-454, dated 19th August 2016, Valid up to 31.10.2021)

under Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules 2008

& amendments thereof

Coromandel generates solid wastes like spent catalysts (disposed to government approved

TSDF), used oils (authorised recyclers) and acid residues ( recycled inside the manufacturing

operations) etc., are being disposed as per the Hazardous Waste Authorisation.

2.7.8. Disaster Management Plan

Coromandel manufacturing facility has developed on site emergency plan for their facility

which includes on site emergency response plan for receipt, storage and handling of

hazardous chemicals like ammonia, sulphuric acid and phosphoric acid. Periodical mock

drills are also conducted as part of disaster mitigation plan. The existing site is a part of

mutual aid with the neighbouring industries like HPCL & APCL. Offsite emergency plan is

also in place, which was developed by the district crisis group ( Headed by the district

collector).




Chapter 3: Proposed Project

Cholamandalam MS Risk Services, Chennai 81

3. Proposed Project

3.1. Overview

In order to achieve consented production of 3900 MTPD NP/NPK production, Coromandel

intends to adopt the following modifications and upgrades in the upstream of the complex

fertilize manufacturing units. Since the existing “A”, “B” and “C” granulation plants have

adequate capacity for a maximum daily production of 3900 MTPD of NP/NPK complex

fertilizers, no modifications and upgrades are envisaged for granulation plants under this

upgrade program.

Details of the enhancements proposed are

1. De-bottlenecking the existing sulphuric acid plant 1 from 1400 TPD to 1700 TPD.

2. De-bottlenecking the existing sulphuric acid plant2 from 300 TPD to 400 TPD.

3. Enhancing Phosphoric acid plant production capacity from 700 TPD to 1000 TPD

P2O5 including evaporation section and fluorine recovery unit.




utilization.

6. Installation of storage facility for a capacity of 20000 MT (P2O5 solution) for

phosphoric acid.

7. Installation of 400 TPD evaporation system for phosphoric acid including fluorine

recovery system.

It has been estimated that for generating 1000 TPD of phosphoric acid and also utilization in

the main products during the post project scenario, about 3800 TPD of sulphuric acid will be

required. By upgrading the existing Sulphuric Acid Plants (SAP 1& 2) about 2100 TPD of

Sulphuric acid can be manufactured. Hence the balance additional 1700 TPD of Sulphuric

acid will be sourced externally as is being presently done. Depending on the type of grade of

the complex fertilizer manufactured at the site, any additional quantities of the phosphoric

acid, if required will be imported. Necessary supporting facilities such as coal storage and

handling, additional rock phosphate storage godowns will be constructed at the facility.






Figure 3-1 Typical Illustration of Existing and Proposed Facilities (Note: Values in the parenthesis indicate the post project scenario)

Details of the current and future capacities of various plants are presented in Table 3.1. It can

be inferred from the data presented in the table that the overall production capacity of final

product in the plant will remain unchanged from the consented production capacity. The

proposed facilities will be installed in the vacant land within the existing facility (Figure 3.2).

Layout showing the proposed facilities is enclosed as Annexure 14.

The existing facility of 436.48 Acres, comprises of 173.48 Acres, 145 acres under main plant

& built up area and green belt respectively. About 15 Acres of land would be required for the

installation of new facilities such as rock phosphate storage and grinding facilities, coal

storage facilities, PAP unit.

Table 3-1 Capacities and Sizes of Existing and Proposed Facilities

Parameter Units Existing installed/

permitted capacity

Additional Quantity Envisaged under Upgrade Scheme

Total Capacity –Post Project

Scenario Complex fertilizers Total main plant production

TPD 3900 No addition 3900

Sulphuric Acid SAP # 1 TPD 1400 300 1700






Parameter Units Existing installed/

permitted capacity

Additional Quantity Envisaged under Upgrade Scheme

Total Capacity –Post Project

Scenario SAP # 2 TPD 300 100 400 Imports TPD 1200 500 1700 Total SA TPD 2900 900 3800 Phosphoric Acid PA (as P2O5) TPD 700 300 1000 PA Import (as P2O5) ** TPD 300 -300 0 Total PA (as P2O5) TPD 1000 0 1000 Steam generation capacity of Boilers

LSHS Fired boilers TPH 1x31 +1x48 No addition and

existing units will be kept as stand by

79

Waste-heat boilers in SAPs

TPH 1x65 +1x15 21 101

Coal Fired boiler TPH NA 40 40 Total steam generation TPH 159 61 220 Power Generation Capacity Existing DG Sets (stand by)

MW 1x4+1x4 No addition 8

Steam Turbo Generator (Condensing + Back pressure)

MW 5 5 10

Total installed power generation

MW 13 5 18

** The quantity of PA import will depend on the Grade of fertiliser production.






Figure 3-2 Location of Proposed facilities

3.2. Proposed Facilities

3.2.1. Sulphuric Acid Manufacturing Plants

The existing sulphuric acid plants are designed based on the contact process with double

conversion and double absorption system (DCDA). Sulphur after melting is filtered and

stored in pits. Sulphur is fired in furnace to produce sulphur dioxide and it is further

converted into SO3 in five stage convertor. SO3 is absorbed in circulated acid in absorption

towers and thus acid produced is cooled and stored in storage tanks. The waste-heat

generated from combustion process is utilized for generation of steam. In addition to this,

intermediate economizers are also in place to recover the heat by preheating the boiler feed

water required for steam generation. Based on the preliminary study, it has been observed

that the existing five stage convertors in both the plants are adequate to produce enhanced

capacities. Hence it has been proposed to install the following additional units in each of the






SAP unit to enhance the production from 1400 MTPD to 1700 MTPD in SAP 1 and 300

MTPD to 400 MTPD in SAP 2 respectively.

Table 3-2 Proposed Upgrades in Sulfuric Acid Plant

Description SAP 1 SAP 2 Air blower up-gradation Yes Yes Waste heat boiler system up-gradation Yes Yes Up-gradation of absorption towers Yes Yes Up-gradation of heat recovery system Yes Yes Upgradation of alkali scrubber Yes Yes Typical requirements of raw materials and utilities of the proposed enhancement of 400 TPD

of sulphuric acid are as follows:

Total Sulphur feed : 132 TPD

Additional Power requirement for enhancing by 400 MTPD : 1 MW

Figure 3-3 View of Existing Sulphuric Acid plants

Figure 3-4 Typical SAP Manufacturing Process






3.2.2. Proposed Phosphoric Acid Plant

Similar to the existing Phosphoric Acid plant (PAP), a 300 TPD phosphoric acid plant will

also be designed and operated based on Di-Hydrate process. Additional rock phosphate also

will be imported along with the current requirement at our wharf from the prevailing sources

and will be transported to the plant. The existing rock phosphate storage facilities will be

enhanced accordingly. The rock phosphate will be ground in a dedicated grinding mill at the

site and the ground rock phosphate will be stored in dedicated storage bins intended for the

proposed enhanced capacity. Additional gypsum produced from the facility will be disposed

to cement industries. The proposed enhancement of Phosphoric acid plant consists of the

following units: (1) Rock grinding section (2). Reaction section, (3) filtration section (4)

Phosphoric acid concentration section, (5). Fluorine recovery unit, (6). Phosphoric acid

storage tank and (7). Phosphoric acid scrubbing systems.

Typical requirements of raw materials and utilities for enhanced capacity of 300 TPD

Phosphoric acid are as follows:

Rock phosphate feed required : 990 TPD

Steam requirement for evaporation and filtration : 43 TPH

Additional phospho gypsum produced : 1500 TPD

Additional Power requirement for proposed enhancement of 300 TPD P2O5 : 5 MW

Figure 3-5 Typical Process Flow Diagram of Phosphoric Acid






3.2.3. Utilities and auxiliary supporting Facilities

3.2.3.1.Steam Demand and Proposed Coal Fired Boiler

The total steam demand in the existing facility is about 80 TPH and the same will be in the

order of 135 TPH during the post project scenario. About 101 TPH of steam will be

generated from the waste-heat boilers and the balance steam can be sourced from a new coal

fired boiler of capacity 40 TPH. The existing two number of LSHS boilers will be kept as

stand-by mode for operation during the emergency needs. Steam balance in the facility is

shown in Table 3.3.

Table 3-3 Steam Generation Capacity and Demand in the Facility

Description Units Existing Additional quantities

Total – Post Project

Steam Generation capacity LSHS Boiler capacity 2nos TPH 79 Standby Standby Waste heat boilers (SAP 1 and SAP 2) TPH 80 21 101

Proposed coal fired boiler TPH Nil 40 40 Total TPH 159 61 141 Demand Total TPH 80 55 135 Note: the existing LSHS boilers will be kept on standby

The proposed coal fired boiler will be a fluidized bed combustion boiler (FBC) with

necessary provision of dry lime addition arrangement to capture sulphur dioxide generated

during the combustion process. It is proposed to utilize imported coal (Indonesian coal) for

steam generation in the proposed coal fired boiler.

Indonesian coals will have a wide range of properties that would depend on the mine. Based

on the published information and information provided by the coal supplying vendors, the

calorific value, ash content, moisture and sulphur would vary from 5500 to 5800 Kcal/Kg, 5

to 12%, 18 to 25% and 0.15 to 0.7& respectively. For the purpose of this EIA study, the

following values were considered to depict the worst case scenarios of coal consumption and

sulfur dioxide emissions: (1). Calorific value: 5000 Kcal/Kg, (2). Ash content: 12%w/w, (3)

sulfur content: <0.7% w/w

Typical consumption of the imported coal with 5000 Kcal/Kg will be in the order of 168

TPD. Coal will be imported in Visakhapatnam Port Trust coal handling berth and only 7 days






storage system is envisaged at the plant site. Covered coal storage shed with an area of about

500 m2 will be provided at the plant site to accommodate seven days coal requirement of the

boiler. The uncontrolled SO2 emission from the proposed coal fired boiler will be in the order

of 2370 Kg/day, whereas due to implementation of dry limestone addition in the boiler, SO2

emissions will be captured and limited to as low as 1188 Kg/day with about 50% sulfur

capture efficiency in the boiler. The minimum stack height required for the proposed boiler

based on uncontrolled SO2 emissions will be in the order of 56m, whereas the minimum stack

height based on controlled emissions will be about 45 m. However, a taller stack of 56m has

been proposed for the coal fired boiler. A suitably designed Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP)

will be installed to collect the fly ash for further disposal to cement manufacturing units.

Coal based steam generation consists of boiler, coal storage and handling, fly ash collection

system and ESP, lime addition and gypsum handling etc.

3.2.3.2.Water Demand and Wastewater Generation

Water consumption in the existing facility is in the order of 8700 m3/day, whereas about 3300

m3/day of additional fresh water will be required for the process and cooling for the proposed

operations. The overall specific water demand in the facility will be about 3 m3/T of product

manufactured as against the industry benchmark of 4 m3/T. Necessary permits for the supply

of additional water for the plant will be obtained from Greater Vishakhapatnam Municipal

Corporation (GVMC) in addition to the existing water allocation of 9092 m3/day The existing

infrastructure such as raw water storage, pre-treatment facilities are adequate to meet the

additional fresh water demand in the facility.

Once through sea water cooling system is in place since inception of the plant in 1967. A

dedicated sea water canal was built for the purpose of various industrial use in the region.

The facility is consented to draw about 63,000 m3/day of sea water for the once through

cooling needs in the facility. Due to increase in cooling needs in the SAP and PAP plants, the

additional water demand 21,600 m3/day of sea water shall be drawn from the exiting intake

facilities during the post project scenario. No additional infrastructure would be required to

draw additional sea water for the cooling needs. Similar to the existing facility, once through

sea water cooling system will be adopted in the PAP and SAP. As per the applicable

guidelines the return seawater temperature is maintained less than 3 Degrees C from the






background ambient levels as against the standards of 5 Degrees C will be discharged into the

exiting industrial drain.

Figure 3-6 Once Through Seawater Intake and Discharge Drains

Return Sea Water Drain Sea water Intake Canal






3.2.3.3.Electrical Energy Demand

The average electrical energy demand in the existing facility is in the order of 14 MW. The

facility has contracted grid power of 12 MW, 5 MW from APGPCL and in-house steam

turbine capacity of 5MW. The net available power for the existing operation is in the order of

22 MW. Hence the available power is adequate to meet the total requirement of 20 MW post

enhancement. The additional steam generated from the SAP 1 & SAP 2 and the proposed

coal fired boiler will be passed through a back pressure steam turbine to generate another 5

MW and the low pressure steam will be used for evaporator section in the enhanced capacity

of Phosphoric acid plant.

3.2.4. Proposed Coal Fired Boiler

3.2.4.1.Overview of the Fluidized Bed Combustion (FBC) Boiler

FBC offers multiple benefits, such as: compact boiler design, flexibility with fuel used higher

combustion efficiency and reduced emissions of noxious pollutants such as SO2 and NOX.

When an evenly distributed air or gas is passed upward through a finely divided bed of solid

particles such as sand supported on a fine mesh, the particles remain undisturbed at low

velocities. As the air velocity is gradually increased, a stage is reached when the individual

particles are suspended in the air stream and the bed is called “fluidized”. With further

increase in air velocity, there is bubble formation, vigorous turbulence, rapid mixing and

formation of dense defined bed surface. This principle of fluidization is illustrated in Figure

3.7.

Figure 3-7 Typical Illustration of FBC Boiler (UNEP)7

7 UNEP, Technical Feasibility Study of Fluidized Bed Combustion Technology for Co-generation






Fluidization depends largely on the particle size and the air velocity. The mean solids

velocity increases at a slower rate than does the gas velocity. The difference between the

mean solid velocity and mean gas velocity is called as slip velocity. Maximum slip velocity

between the solids and the gas is desirable for good heat transfer and intimate contact. If sand

particles in fluidized state are heated to the ignition temperatures of fuel, and fuel is injected

continuously into the bed, the fuel will burn rapidly and the bed attains a uniform

temperature. The fluidized bed combustion (FBC) takes place at about 840°C to 950°C. Since

this temperature is much below the ash fusion temperature, melting of ash and associated

problems are avoided. The lower combustion temperature is achieved because of high

coefficient of heat transfer due to rapid mixing in the fluidized bed and effective extraction of

heat from the bed through in-bed heat transfer tubes and walls of the bed. The gas velocity is

maintained between minimum fluidization velocity and particle entrainment velocity. This

ensures a stable operation of the bed and avoids particle entrainment in the gas stream.

Any combustion process requires three “T”s - that is Time, Temperature and Turbulence. In

FBC, turbulence is promoted by fluidization. Improved mixing generates evenly distributed

heat at lower temperature. Residence time is many times higher than conventional grate

firing. Thus an FBC system releases heat more efficiently at lower temperatures. Since

limestone can also be used as particle bed, control of SOx and NOx emissions in the

combustion chamber is achieved without any additional control equipment. This is one of the

major advantages over conventional boilers.

3.2.4.2.Atmospheric Fluidized Bed Combustion Boiler

AFBC is one of the most important types of FBC boilers as it can be used for variety of fuels.

This type of boiler finds use in industries where there is a possibility of having a combined

heat and power generation application. In AFBC boilers the fuel is sized depending on the

type of fuel and the type of fuel feeding system and is fed into the combustion chamber. The

atmospheric air, which acts as both the fluidization air and combustion air, is delivered at a

pressure and flows through the bed after being preheated by the exhaust flue gases. The

velocity of fluidizing air is in the range of 1.2 to 3.7 m /sec. The rate at which air is blown

through the bed determines the amount of fuel that can be reacted. Almost all AFBC/

bubbling bed boilers use in-bed evaporator tubes in the bed of limestone, sand and fuel for

extracting the heat from the bed to maintain the bed temperature. The combustion gases pass






over the super heater sections of the boiler, flow past the economizer, the ESP and the air pre-

heaters before being exhausted to atmosphere.

General Arrangements of AFBC Boiler AFBC boilers comprise of following systems:

Fuel feeding system Air distributor Bed & In-bed heat transfer surface Ash handling system

Figure 3-8 Typical Process Flow Diagram of FBC Boiler System

3.2.4.3.Coal Feeding System

For feeding fuel and adsorbents like limestone or dolomite, usually two methods are

followed: under bed pneumatic feeding and over-bed feeding.

Under Bed Pneumatic Feeding: If the fuel is coal, it is crushed to 1 to 6 mm size and

pneumatically transported from feed hopper to the combustor through a feed pipe piercing the

distributor. Based on the capacity of the boiler, the number of feed points is increased, as it is

necessary to distribute the fuel into the bed uniformly.

Over-Bed Feeding: The crushed coal, 6 to 10 mm size is conveyed from coal bunker to a

spreader by a screw conveyor. The spreader distributes the coal over the surface of the bed

uniformly. This type of fuel feeding system accepts over size fuel also and eliminates

transport lines, when compared to under-bed feeding system.






3.2.4.4.Air Distributor

The purpose of the distributor is to introduce the fluidizing air evenly through the bed cross

section thereby keeping the solid particles in constant motion, and preventing the formation

of de-fluidization zones within the bed. The distributor, which forms the furnace floor, is

normally constructed from metal plate with a number of perforations in a definite geometric

pattern. The perforations may be located in simple nozzles or nozzles with bubble caps,

which serve to prevent solid particles from flowing back into the space below the distributor.

3.2.4.5.Bed & In-Bed Heat Transfer Surface

Bed: The bed material can be sand, ash, crushed refractory or limestone, with an average size

of about 1 mm. Depending on the bed height these are of two types: shallow bed and deep

bed. At the same fluidizing velocity, the two ends fluidize differently, thus affecting the heat

transfer to an immersed heat transfer surfaces. A shallow bed offers a lower bed resistance

and hence a lower pressure drop and lower fan power consumption. In the case of deep bed,

the pressure drop is more and this increases the effective gas velocity and also the fan power.

In-Bed Heat Transfer Surface: In a fluidized in-bed heat transfer process, it is necessary to

transfer heat between the bed material and an immersed surface, which could be that of a tube

bundle, or a coil. The heat exchanger orientation can be horizontal, vertical or inclined. From

a pressure drop point of view, a horizontal bundle in a shallow bed is more attractive than a

vertical bundle in a deep bed. Also, the heat transfer in the bed depends on number of

parameters like (i) bed pressure (ii) bed temperature (iii) superficial gas velocity (iv) particle

size (v) Heat exchanger design and (vi) gas distributor plate design.

3.2.4.6.Ash Handling System

In the FBC boilers, the bottom ash constitutes roughly 30 – 40 % of the total ash, the rest

being the fly ash. The bed ash is removed by continuous over flow to maintain bed height and

also by intermittent flow from the bottom to remove over size particles, to avoid

accumulation and consequent defluidization. While firing high ash coal such as washery

rejects, the bed ash overflow drain quantity is considerable, so special care has to be taken.

Although the quantity of ash generation from the proposed boiler will be minimal due to

utilization of low ash coal, the amount of fly ash to be handled in FBC boiler is relatively

very high, compared to conventional boilers. This is due to elutriation of particles at high

velocities. Fly ash carried away by the flue gas is removed in number of stages; firstly in






convection section, then from the bottom of air pre-heater/economizer and finally in the

electrostatic precipitators (ESP’s).

Figure 3-9 Typical Illustration of Fly Ash Handling System

Source: http://www.macawber.com

Figure 3-10 Typical View of FBC Boiler

Source: ThyssenKrupp Industries India

3.3. Project Cost and Implementation Schedules

The estimated project cost of the proposed upgrades and installations will be in the order of

Rs. 225 Crores. Out of the above mentioned capital cost, about Rs. 26 Crores has been






budgeted towards environmental management programs like upgrading the existing scrubbers

in SAP 1 and SAP 2, installation of dust collection systems, fume stack gas scrubber and

Fluorosilicic acid recovery unit within the proposed PAP unit, dry lime-stone addition system

in the proposed coal fired boiler etc.

Coromandel will commence construction activities after obtaining necessary approvals from

regulatory authorities and will be completed within 18 months period.




Chapter 4: Baseline

Environmental Status


4. Baseline Environmental Status

4.1. Introduction

This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study area

with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The study area covers 10 km radius

around the boundaries of the proposed project site. The study area is shown in Figure 4.1.

The site is located at Malkapuram Post, Sriharipuram, Visakhapatnam in Andhra Pradesh.

The Existing Facility lies within the coordinates of 17º41'54.00"N to 17º42'23.73"N latitude

and 83º13'50.03"E to 83º14'08.01"E longitude and can be identified in the survey of India

Open Series Map Nos. E44R2 & E44R6. The study area of 10 Km radius from the facility

was defined for primary data collection as per the ToR approved by MoEF & CC.

The project site is well connected to Grant Northern (GNT) high road which is adjacent to the

project boundary running between Gajuwaka and Visakhapatnam Port and a National

Highway (NH-16) which is located at distance of 4Kms running along the east coast of West

Bengal, Odisha, Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu. Nearest railway station is Visakhapatnam

railway station which is located at an Aerial distance of 4 km and the nearest airport is

Visakhapatnam Airport and the main entrance of airport is located at a distance of 3 km from

the project site.

The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline environmental

conditions, which are described with respect to climate, hydro-geological aspects,

atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, vegetation pattern, ecology, land use and

socio-economic profile of the people.

Land use section forms the first part of this chapter.

The physical environment consisting of geology forms the second part of this

baseline chapter.

The third part contains the description of primary as well as secondary data for

environmental attributes viz.

Soil quality

Micro-meteorology

Ambient air quality

Water quality




Chapter 4: Baseline



Ecology and Biodiversity

Socio-economic profile of the study area

The primary baseline data collection covered three months i.e., from 4th April 2016 to 14th

July 2016 and secondary data was collected from respective Government and other

organizations. The primary baseline data has been generated by M/s. Team Labs and

Consultants, a MoEF approved Environmental Testing Laboratory.

Figure 4-1 10Km Radius Study Area around the Project Site




Chapter 4: Baseline



4.2. Land Environment

4.2.1. Physiography of the Study Area

The Study area of 10 km radius exhibits terrain of the existing facility project site and

relatively elevated terrain in the northern, southern and western side of the project site with

isolated hills. The minimum and maximum elevation of the study area is 1 and 527 m amsl

(above mean sea level) respectively. The maximum elevation is noticed in the Northern side

of the study area. There are isolated hillocks noticed within study area. The minimum and

maximum elevation of the existing facility is 10 and 20 m amsl (above mean sea level)

respectively. The Physiographic map is presented Figure 4.2. The proposed upgrades will be

developed within the existing facility.

Figure 4-2 Physiography of the Study Area




Chapter 4: Baseline



4.2.1.1. Drainage System of the District and Study Area

Vishakapatinam district is drained by Machikund, Tandava, Varaha, Sarada and Gostani.

Most of the rivers are ephemeral (Seasonal) in nature. However, some of the tributaries of

Machikund are perennial with indications of substantial ground water discharge. Almost all

the rivers and streams experience flash floods during rainy season. A good number of springs

exist in Paderu and Araku areas. The district is characterized by sub-dendritic to dendritic

nature of drainage pattern and is of coarse texture. Many of the hill streams in Paderu valley

disappear on entering the plains due to high permeability of the pediment gravels. The

disappearance of streams in and along the hill slopes is contributing to the ground water,

which is again discharged through the silty soils at lower elevations.

The Study area is drained by Narava Gedda River which is a seasonal river. The river Narava

Gedda flows in the northern side of the existing facility at a distance of 0.5 Km. Meghadri

Gedda Reservoir is located in the north western part of the study area at distance of 7.2 km

from the existing facility. The surplus water from the Meghadri Gedda Reservoir flows from

North West and confluences with Bay of Bengal. Another water body Kaniti Reservoir is

located in the study area. The drainage pattern is sub-dendritic to dendritic. Based on the

surface elevation and the drainage pattern, watershed of the study has been classified.

The drainage of the study area is given in Figure 4.3 and digital elevation map showing the

drainage pattern of the study area is given as Figure 4.4




Chapter 4: Baseline



Figure 4-3 Drainage Map of the Study Area




Chapter 4: Baseline



Figure 4-4 Digital Elevation Map Showing the Drainage Pattern of the Study Area

4.3. Land Use Pattern based on Remote Sensing Data

Remote sensing satellite imageries were collected and interpreted for the 10 km radius study

area for analyzing the land use pattern of the study area. Based on the satellite data, land use/

land cover maps, drainage maps and digital elevation maps were developed.

4.3.1. Methodology

The land use/land cover map is prepared by adopting the interpretation techniques of the

image in conjunction with collateral data such as topographical maps and census records.

Image classification can be done by using visual interpretation techniques and digital

classification using any of the image processing software.

For the present study, ERDAS and ArcView Softwares are used for reprocessing,

rectification, enhancements and classifying the satellite data for preparation of land use land

cover map and assessing land use land cover and land developmental activities.

The imagery is interpreted initially based on the secondary data available and image

characteristics. Thorough ground verification is done by Cholamandalam MS Risk Services

Ltd. team to check each class of land use/land cover spread over the entire study area and

final land use/land cover analysis is made after necessary corrections. Flowchart showing the

methodology adopted is presented in Figure 4.5




Chapter 4: Baseline



Figure 4-5 Flowchart of simplified methodology

4.3.2. Data Base

4.3.2.1. Satellite Data

IRS Resourcesat-2 LISS4 multispectral satellite data of 24th April 2016 was utilized for the

present study and shown in Figure 4.6. The rectification of imagery was carried out on to

bring the digital data on the earth coordinate system by means of ground control point (GCP)

assignments from SOI toposheets.

Table 4-1 Details of Satellite Data

S. No. Satellite Sensor Scale Path & Row SOI Toposheets No. Date of

Pass

1 IRS Resourcesat-2 LISS4 1:50,000 104 &

60D 65O01, 65O02-03,

655O05 & 65O06 (OSM) 24.04.2016

The spectral bands of IRS Resroucesat-2 data are furnished in Table 4.2 and Table 4.3

respectively.




Chapter 4: Baseline



Table 4-2 Characteristics of IRS Resourcesat-2 Data

Type of the Satellite

Multi Spectral Bands

Bandwidth / wave length in microns

Spectral resolution

(mts.)

Product type

Format / scale

IRS Resourcesat-2

2,3,4 Band 2 : 0.52-0.59 Band 3 : 0.62-0.68 Band 4 : 0.76-0.86

5.8 Digital Geocoded scale 1:50,000

Table 4-3 IRS Resourcesat-2 LISS4, Satellite Spectral Bands and their Principal Applications

Band Wave Length (Microns) Application

2 0.52 - 0.59

Soil/vegetation differentiations, coniferous/deciduous flora discrimination, vegetation vigour assessment, rock/soil boundary differentiation, turbidity and bathymetry in shallow water.

3 0.62 - 0.68 Strong chlorophyll absorption leading to discrimination of vegetation types mining area, mapping of settlements and transport network.

4 0.76 - 0.86 Delineation of surface water features, land forms / rock types, mining area, mapping of settlements and transport network.




Chapter 4: Baseline



Figure 4-6 IRS Resourcesat-2 LISS4 Image of the Study Area

4.3.2.2. Collateral Data, Other Data and Ground Verification

The imagery was interpreted initially based on the secondary data available such as Survey of

India Toposheets, land use data from revenue/census records and satellite image

characteristics.




Chapter 4: Baseline



Visually interpreted 10 Km radius area of the satellite image and the interpreted features were

checked on the ground during the field visit by experts of Cholamandalam MS Risk Services

Ltd. team.

The pre-field interpreted map details were revised based on the additional field information,

wherever necessary and modified Land Use/Land Cover (LU/LC) legend was adopted for

finalizing the LU/LC maps.

4.3.2.3. Scale of Mapping

Satellite data interpretation was done at 1:50,000, which indicates that one unit of distance on

the map, corresponds to 50,000 of the same units on the ground. Thus, one centimeter on the

map refers to 50,000 centimetres (500m) on the ground.

4.3.3. Results of Land Use/Land Cover Mapping

Using the standard land use classification system proposed by NRSC, 7 classes of level I, 20

of level II land use/land cover classes were identified and mapped using satellite data in the

present study. Subsequently land use/land cover map of the study area are digitally composed

in ArcView module and the results of Level I and Level II land use/land cover of the present

project are presented in the following steps.

4.3.3.1. General Level-I Land Use/Land Cover in the Study Area

The Level-I land use/land cover statistics and features of the study area are presented in

Table 4.4 and Figure 4.7 respectively.

The overall land use/cover of 10 km radius area reveals the dominance of built-up land

including industry/institutional setups (41.74%) followed by waste land (27.48%), water

bodies including Bay of Bengal (18.87%), agriculture land (5.09%), and forest (11.47%), wet

lands including mangroves (2.10%) and other land use classes covering coastal sand/sand

dunes (0.26%).

Graphical representation to understand the variations in Level-I land use/land cover of the

study area has been projected by column chart in Figure 4.8.

Table 4-4 Level-I - Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 km Radius Area

S. No. Level-I (Land Use/Cover Category)

Area (Hectares)

Area (%)

1 Built-up Land 13063.39 41.74 2 Forest 3590.66 11.47




Chapter 4: Baseline



S. No. Level-I (Land Use/Cover Category)

Area (Hectares)

Area (%)

3 Agricultural land 1592.63 5.09 4 Waste Land 6408.98 20.48 5 Water Body 5907.60 18.87 6 Wet Lands 655.86 2.10 7 Others 80.10 0.26

Total 31299.22 100.00




Chapter 4: Baseline



Figure 4-7 Land Use/Land Cover Map of 10 Km Radius Area (Level-I)




Chapter 4: Baseline



Figure 4-8 Distribution of Land Use/Cover in 10 Km Radius Area

4.3.3.2. The Level-II Land Use/Land Cover in the Study Area

The Level-II land use/land cover is further subdivision into meaningful sub-classes to

highlight the dominant land use/cover in the study area. The Level-II land use/cover statistics

and features of the study area are presented in Table 4.5 and Figure 4.9 respectively. The

distribution of different land use/cover classes is presented in the form of column chart for a

better understanding in Figure 4.10.

Built-up land is the major land use/land cover category in the study area. Of the 41.74% built-

up land, 19.07% is occupied by settlement/villages/towns including Visakhapatnam, district

headquarters. Industry/institutional setups occupy 21.65% of the study area followed by new

developments coming up in 1.01% area.

Forest cover occupies 11.47% of the study area. Of the 4.35% reserved forest, 3.87% is

occupied by dense/open forest followed by degraded scrub (0.42%) and forest blanks devoid

of vegetation (0.06%). Kailasakonda Forest spread around Simhachalam in the NE in 7.12%

of the study area.

Agricultural land occupies 5.09% of the study area. In agriculture, single crop land

predominates (1.76%) followed by fallow land (1.58%), irrigated/double crop land (1.12%)

and plantations in 0.63% of the area.

Waste lands is the second major land use/land cover category in the study area occupying

20.48% of which waste lands with or without scrub takes a share of 19.83% followed by

rocky/stony/barren land in 0.39% and quarry/mining in 0.26% of the study area.




Chapter 4: Baseline



Water body is the third major land use/cover category occupying 18.87% of the study area.

Bay of Bengal spreads in 13.68% of the study area covering eastern part. Of the other water

body categories, Narava Gedda and other streams and canals occupy 1.69% of the study area

followed by small to medium ponds (2.72%) and water logged area (0.78%). Kaniti

Balancing Reservoir in the WSW and Meghadri Gedda in the north are the major water

bodies in the study area.

Coastal sand/sand dunes along the beach have been classified under other categories

occupying 0.26% of the study area.

Table 4-5 Level-II - Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 km Radius Area

S. No. Level-I Level-II Area (Hec) Area (%)

1 Built-up Land 1.1 Village/Settlements/Town 5968.43 19.07 1.2 Industry/Institutional Land 6777.30 21.65 1.3 Layout/New Development 317.66 1.01 2 Forest Reserved/Protected Forest

2.1 Dense/Open Forest 1209.88 3.87 2.2 Degraded Scrub 131.96 0.42 2.3 Forest Blank 19.08 0.06 2.4 Other Forest (Kailasakonda Forest) 2229.74 7.12 3 Agricultural land

3.1 Plantation 197.19 0.63 3.2 Irrigated/Double Crop 351.51 1.12 3.3 Other Agriculture Land/Single Crop 549.53 1.76 3.4 Fallow Land 494.40 1.58 4 Waste Land

4.1 Land with/without Scrub 8435.33 26.95 4.2 Rocky/Stony/Barren Land 121.23 0.39 4.3 Quarry/Mining Land 82.16 0.26 5 Water Body

5.1 Stream/River/Canal 528.23 1.69 5.2 Tank/Reservoir/Pond 852.67 2.72 5.3 Bay of Bengal 4282.39 13.68 5.4 Water Logged 244.31 0.78 6 Wet Lands

6.1 Mudflat/Marshy Land 588.82 1.88 6.2 Mangroves 67.04 0.21 7 Others

7.1 Coastal Sand/Sand Dunes 80.10 0.26 Total 31299.22 100.00




Chapter 4: Baseline



Figure 4-9 Land Use/Land Cover Map of 10 Km Radius Area – Level-II




Chapter 4: Baseline



Figure 4-10 Distribution of Land Use/Cover in 10 Km Radius Area

4.4. Geology and Soil Quality

4.4.1. Geology

Vishakapatinam district is underlain by variety of geological formations from the oldest

Archaeans to Recent Alluvium. The Archaean group of rocks includes Khondalites and

Charnockites of Eastern Ghat super group and Granitic gneisses of Migmatite group. The

Gondwana rocks which are represented by sandstones are in very limited aerial extent. The

recent alluvium is prevalent along the rivers.

General Geological Succession

Age Formation Recent Coastal Alluvium, River Alluvium and Residual Soils Sub-Recent Laterite and Laterite capping Archaeans Khondalite suite of rocks intruded by Charnockite and quartzite Geologically the study area is covered by Khondalite and Alluvium – Sand silt dominant.

The study area is predominantly composed of Khondalite. The study area is underlined by

Alluvium and Khondalite. The geology of the study area is presented in Figure-4.11.




Chapter 4: Baseline



Figure 4-11 Geology of the Study area

4.4.2. Geomorphology and Structure

The geomorphology and structures of the area plays the vital role in identifying the ground

water potential zones. Geomorphologically the Vishkapatinam district is divided into three

regions, viz., northern hilly terrain with valleys, middle pediplains and alluvial coastal plains.

The northern half of the district is mainly occupied by the structural hills and valleys, which

is part of the Eastern Ghats. The hill range trends parallel to coast. By virtue of their

topography, these hilly terrains largely form run off areas and are not suitable for ground




Chapter 4: Baseline



water development. The valleys fill areas underlain by weathered formations in posses high

infiltration and high permeability. These areas form good to moderate aquifers depending on

their thickness. The hard rock terrain exposed in the Tandava-Varaha-Sarada-Gosthani river

basins constitutes the vast denudational pediplains, exhibiting the gradational phase of

denudational-residual -inselberg -pediment areas. Pediment is well developed around the

khondalite outcrops (in the study area also), whereas in the Charnockite outcrops, it is not

extensively developed. The pediment area accelerates surface run off with moderate to less

infiltration along the jointed and weathered zone. The Tandava, Varaha, Sarada and Gosthani

rivers and their tributaries have contributed to the formation of extensive flood plain areas.

There is not much surface drainage in the plains because of the high infiltration and

permeable characteristics of the sediments. The coastal plain is a feature of the marine

deposition, which is very extensive, wide and even extends to several kilometers inland.

The land forms / geomorphic units and structures such as fractures, fissures and faults have

been interpreted from the recent satellite image. All the landform / geomorphic units and

structures occurring in the study area are mapped. The geomorphic units of the study area are

as follows:

1. Bajada Shallow

2. Coastal Plain Moderate

3. Denudational Hill

4. Inselberg

5. Mud Flat

6. Pediment

7. Pediment inselberg Complex

8. Pediplain Moderately weathered

9. Pediplain Shallow weathered

10. Piedmont Slope

11. Salt Flat

12. Structural Hill

13. Valley fill Moderate

All the land forms are having very good ground water potential except pediment, Structural

Hilll, Dedudational hill, inselberg, Pediment inselberg, Mud flat and Salt flat. The existing




Chapter 4: Baseline



facility is located in Pediplain moderately weathered. The valley fill moderate of the study

area is composed of sandy and loamy soil which has good infiltration rate.

Apart from the above there are numerous fractures occur in and around the existing facility.

The fractures are the good ground water conduit. High yielding bore wells expected in the

intersection of fractures. In the existing facility there are no promising fracture systems.

However, miner fractures are observed. It is also observed that there are promising fracture

aquifer within 1km from the facility boundary. The Geomorphology of the study area is

presented in Figure 4.12.

Figure 4-12 Geomorphology of the Study area




Chapter 4: Baseline



4.5. Soil Environment

4.5.1. Soil Types

Soil type and its fertility of an area are essential to plan for cropping. Soils are primarily

derived from parent rocks. The colour, texture and mineral content are normally used to

classify the soils. The soils in the study area are classified into 6 types and are presented in

the Table 4.6. The soil map of the study area is prepared based on the National Bureau of

Soil Survey and Land use Planning, Nagpur. The soil type in the project site is Red loamy

Soils. The soil classification of the study area is classified and shown in Figure 4.13.

Table 4-6 Soil Classification in the Study Area

S. No. Soil Type 1 Alluvio – Colluvial Clay 2 Brown Forest Soils 3 Red Clayey Soils 4 Red Loamy Soils 5 Red Shallow Gravelly clay Soils 6 Sand Soil

Figure 4-13 Soil classification of Study area




Chapter 4: Baseline



4.5.2. Background Soil Quality in Study Area

For studying the soil quality in the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the

existing soil conditions in and around the existing plant area representing various land use

conditions. The physical, chemical and heavy concentrations were determined.

Eight locations within the 10 km of the study area were selected for soil sampling. At each

location, soil samples were collected from three different depths viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm

below the surface and are homogenized with the help of stainless steel soil-sampling probe.

The soil samples were collected during summer season. Various physical and chemical

parameters were analyzed as per Indian Standards. The soil sampling locations are given in

the Table 4.7 and the same are shown in Figure 4.14.

Table 4-7 Details of Soil Sampling Locations

Location Name Location Code Sampling Coordinates (Latitude, Longitude)

Mulagada S1 17°41'58.00"N, 83°13'27.60"E Sriharipuram S2 17°41'31.56"N, 83°14'12.06"E Gnanapuram S3 17°43'18.06"N, 83°17'7.14"E Coromandel Plant Site S4 17°41'59.22"N, 83°14'11.16"E Gajuwaka S5 17°40'15.72"N, 83°12'14.94"E Gantyada S6 17°40'56.52"N, 83°12'18.72"E Marripalem S7 17°44'26.58"N, 83°14'37.68"E Malkapuram S8 17°41'8.34"N, 83°14'50.34"E




Chapter 4: Baseline



Figure 4-14 Soil Quality Monitoring Location of the Study area

Physico-chemical characteristics of collected soil samples within study area of 10Kms are

given in Table 4.8 and the laboratory test reports are presented in Annexure 15. The soil

sampling results are compared with the standard soil classification.




Chapter 4: Baseline



Table 4-8 Physico-Chemical Characteristics of Soil samples Collected Within the Study area

S. No. Parameters units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 pH - 7.46 7.39 7.52 7.47 7.29 7.8 7.19 7.66 2 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 0.79 0.159 0.202 0.201 0.150 0.453 0.182 0.523 3 Bulk Density g/cc 1.25 1.33 1.05 1.25 1.33 1.33 1.33 1.33 4 Cation-Exchange Capacity Col(+)/kg 4.2 2.8 3.7 4.0 1.7 3.9 2.6 5.3 5 Infiltration rate mm/hour 13 26 27 11 27 27 16 26 6 Porosity % 53 50 60 53 50 50 50 50

7 Water Holding Capacity (W.H.C)

% 9.5 5.8 8.9 7.3 6.9 3.6 6.8 6.5

8 Moisture % 10.52 6.18 9.74 7.82 7.42 3.79 7.34 6.90 9 Organic Matter % 0.53 0.20 1.12 0.63 1.32 0.46 0.99 1.12 10 Carbonates % Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

11

Soil Texture Loam Soil

Sandy Loam Soil

Sandy Loam Soil

Loam Soil

Sandy Loam Soil

Sandy Loam Soil

Loam Soil

Sandy Loam Soil

Sand % 50 53 61 48 66 69 50 67 Silt % 35 37 29 30 28 25 40 22 Clay % 15 11 10 22 6 6 10 11

13 Organic Carbon % 0.31 0.11 0.65 0.36 0.77 0.27 0.57 0.65 14 Nitrogen(as N) % 0.040 0.029 0.140 0.055 0.064 0.214 0.183 0.274

15 Carbon/ Nitrogen Ration (C/N)

- 7.7 4.0 4.6 6.6 12.0 1.3 3.1 2.4

16 Phosphorus (as P) % 0.444 0.262 2.719 2.416 2.038 0.269 0.670 1.396 17 Potassium (as K) mg/kg 389 447 700 344 232 270 346 925 18 Sodium (as Na) mg/kg 504 164 260 544 82 434 211 414 19 Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg 450 122 85 111 100 198 102 183 20 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/kg 78 32 41 19 30 44 31 20 21 Calcium/Magnesium ratio - 5.7 3.84 2.06 5.76 3.29 4.53 3.29 9.05




Chapter 4: Baseline



S. No. Parameters units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

22 Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR)

- 3.60 3.71 6.56 13.32 2.02 7.81 5.15 8.09

23 Chloride (as cl) mg/kg 241 123 90 84 147 415 121 353 24 Sulphates ( as SO4) mg/kg 110 16 24 19 9.6 75 5.3 45 25 Aluminium (as Al) mg/kg <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 26 Arsenic ( as As) mg/kg <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 27 Boron (as B) mg/kg <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 28 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/kg 6.0 2.6 3.2 5.2 11 1.6 6.1 4.1 29 Chromium ( as Cr) mg/kg <10 12 <10 27 12 <10 15 <10 30 Copper (as Cu) mg/kg 30 16 19 19 26 20 21 32 31 Iron ( as Fe) mg/kg 1087 1093 1048 1103 1037 1103 1091 1056 32 Lead (as Pb) mg/kg 56 16 24 <10 36 10 35 50 33 Manganese (as Mn) mg/kg 334 275 543 415 226 589 235 537 34 Mercury ( as Hg) mg/kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 35 Nickel ( as Ni) mg/kg 40 36 39 44 20 46 30 25 36 Selenium ( as Se) mg/kg <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 37 Silver ( as Ag) mg/kg <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 38 Zinc ( as Zn) mg/kg 20.3 30 76 36 132 43 66 113

Note: BDL: Below Detectable Limit




Section 4: Baseline



Soil analysis result- The pH is in the range of 7.2 to 7.8 indicating that the soil reaction is

neutral to slightly alkaline. Organic matter is in the range of 0.2 to 1.3%, indicating that

Organic matter present in the soil is in normal range. Electrical conductivity ranges from 0.2

to 1.7 ds/m. The concentration of chlorides and sulphates varied from 84 mg/kg to 415 mg/kg

and 5.3 mg/kg to 1076 mg/kg respectively. Available Nitrogen level in the soil was found

ranged from 0.03 % to 0.3 %. Cation exchange capacity is in the range of 1.7 to 11.4 Col

(+)/kg. Calcium is in the range of 85 to 1343 mg/kg. Phosphorous one of the macro nutrients

is in the range of 0.3 to 2.7 % which indicates that Phosphorous present in the soil ranges

from medium to high range. Carbonates, aluminium, Arsenic, Boron, Mercury, Selenium and

Silver content in the soil of the study area are found to be below detectible limit. Evidence for

contaminates of soils due to operation of existing facility was not observed.

4.6. Seismic zone

The project area falls under Zone II of seismic zones of India which is a moderate risk zone

as per IS 1893 (part 1):2002.The seismic zone map of India and Andhra Pradesh state is

shown in Figure 4.15 and Figure 4.16 respectively.

With respect to earthquake hazard, the project site falls in Low Damage Risk Zone

(Vulnerability Atlas of India 1997, Ministry of Urban Development (Figure 4.17).

Figure 4-15 Seismic Zone Map of India

Project Site




Section 4: Baseline



Figure 4-16 Seismic Zone Map of Andhra Pradesh

Figure 4-17 Earthquake Hazard Map

Source: Vulnerability Atlas of India 1997, Ministry of Urban Development

Project Site




Section 4: Baseline



As per the National Institute of Disaster Management (NIDM), Visakhapatnam has

experienced 3 Severe and 7 normal cyclones during 1892-1997.Recently Visakhapatnam

experienced a very Severe Cyclonic storm called HudHud in the year 2014.

4.7. Meteorological Data

Micro-meteorological data is one of the important components of the Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) study. As a part of the EIA study, both published long-term data and site

specific meteorological data were collected as per the ToR (Terms of Reference) awarded for

the proposed project. A meteorological station was installed in the project site.

4.7.1. Climatological Data- IMD Visakhapatnam

The meteorological data was collected from “Climatological Normals” published by Indian

Meteorological Department (IMD) Pune was referred. The data was recorded over a period of

30 years (1971 to 2000). The nearest IMD station located at Kailashigiri (areal distance of

13Km) was referred for the current project. This data was compared with the site specific

data generated during baseline monitoring studies.

The meteorological data comprises monthly mean wind speed, wind direction, temperature,

relative humidity, rainfall etc., and is presented in below Table 4.9.

4.7.1.1. Ambient Temperature (as per long term IMD data)

Visakhapatnam has a tropical wet and dry/savanna climate with a noticeable dry in the low-

sun month, no cold season, and wet season is in the high- sun months. Visakhapatnam

reaches mean maximum temperature to 40.4°C during the summer months, especially in

May, whereas the mean lowest temperature reported during the winter season (December,

January month) was in the order of 14.8°C

4.7.1.2. Relative Humidity (as per long term IMD data)

The maximum relative humidity is generally experienced during August and September with

a peak level of about 79%. The lowest humidity can be observed during winter period in the

month of December 69%.




Section 4: Baseline



4.7.1.3. Rainfall (as per long term IMD data)

The average annual rainfall of the Visakhapatnam was reported to be in the order of 950 mm.

December is the driest weather month with an average rainfall of 6mm of rainfall and wettest

weather is in October with an average rainfall of 195 mm of rainfall.

4.7.1.4. Wind (as per long term IMD data)

Annual: Nearly 28% winds predominantly blow from Southwest direction and 13% of winds

blow from South, North and west direction.

Summer: Nearly 45% of winds predominantly blow from Southwest direction and nearly

25% wind blows from South direction.

Monsoon: Nearly 45% winds blow from Southwest direction and 22% of winds blow from

West direction.

Post monsoon: Nearly 25% winds blow from East direction and 14% of winds blow from

Northeast, Southeast direction.

Winter: Nearly 18% Winds blows from East direction and 10% of winds blow from North,

South, Northwest and Southeast direction.

Annual as well as Seasonal wind rose diagrams are presented in Figure 4.18 and Figure 4.19

respectively.

Figure 4-18 Annual Windrose as per IMD Kailashigiri observatory data




Section 4: Baseline



Figure 4-19 Seasonal Windrose as per IMD Kailashigiri Observatory Data

Summer (March to May) Winter (January to February)

Monsoon (June to September) Post monsoon (October to November)




Section 4: Baseline



Table 4-9 Indian Meteorological Department – Climatological Tables 30 Years Data: 1971-2000 (Kailashigiri IMD station)

Month

Temperature (ºC) Humidity

(%)

Rainfall (mm) Mean wind speed (Kmph)

Mean Extremes

Highest Lowest Highest Lowest Monthly Total

No. of Rainy days

Heaviest fall in 24Hrs

Date and Year

Jan 31.6 14.4 34.1 10.5 76 7.4 0.7 132.1 13-1908 6.4 Feb 34.3 16.8 38.0 12.8 75 13.8 0.9 64.5 15-1901 7.0 Mar 37.3 19.5 39.4 14.4 71 6.6 0.4 116.6 27-1990 8.5 Apr 37.8 22.2 40.5 18.3 68 24.2 1.8 92.7 9-1971 12.0 May 40.1 23.1 44.9 20.0 68 45.3 2.9 168.0 10-1990 12.2 Jun 40.4 23.9 45.4 21.1 72 117.7 6.6 166.1 20-1929 11.8 Jul 37.0 23.7 41.0 21.3 78 128.2 8.1 145.0 24-1951 11.8

Aug 36.2 23.8 38.8 21.1 78 161.4 8.9 152.1 12-1986 10.6 Sep 35.5 23.3 37.8 17.5 79 171.9 9.4 148.6 15-1914 7.1 Oct 34.6 21.5 37.2 17.6 75 194.7 8.7 293.3 20-1958 6.0 Nov 32.7 17.5 34.0 12.9 69 73.5 3.5 270.5 18-1923 7.4 Dec 31.1 14.8 33.4 11.3 69 6.0 0.7 191.3 4-1909 7.2

Avg./ Annual Total 41.3 13.7 45.4 10.5 73 950.8 52.6 293.3 - 9.0

Note: The nearest IMD station located at Kailashigiri with an aerial distance of 13Km was referred for the facility.




Section 4: Baseline



4.7.2. Site Specific Meteorology Data

The continuous weather monitoring station was installed near the proposed project site at a

height of 5m above the ground level and hourly measurements of the following parameters

were measured at site during the study period i.e. from 4thApril 2016 to 14thJuly 2016.

Wind speeds (m/s), wind direction (Degrees), Temperature (ºC), Relative Humidity (%),

Solar Radiation (Watt/m2), Rainfall (mm) etc were monitored.

4.7.2.1. Site Specific Ambient Temperature Profile (4thApril 2016 to 14thJuly 2016)

The maximum mean ambient dry bulb temperature was observed in the study period was

observed to be 42.6ºC, whereas the minimum mean ambient dry bulb temperature of 7.9ºC

was also observed in the study period. The twenty four hour variation of maximum, average

and minimum ambient dry bulb temperatures are shown in Figure 4.20.

Figure 4-20 Average Ambient Temperature Variation during the Study Period (4th April 2016 to 14th July 2016)

4.7.2.2. Relative Humidity (4thApril 2016 to 14thJuly 2016)

The average hourly relative humidity variation at site during the study period is 77%.

4.7.2.3. Wind Direction and Wind Rose (4thApril 2016 to 14thJuly 2016)

The predominant wind direction (Figure 4.21) during the study period was from North-West

and South-West. The average wind speed during the study period was about 5.82 m/s

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Tem

pera

ture

(C

)

Time (hrs)

Min Average Max




Section 4: Baseline



(20.9Kmph). These readings are in line with IMD long term data.

Figure 4-21 Site Specific Wind Rose for the Study Period (4thApril 2016 to 14thJuly 2016)

4.8. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

The ambient air quality with respect to the study area of 10 km radius around the existing

facility forms the baseline information. Various sources of air pollution in the region are

vehicular traffic, industrial emissions and airport traffic, urban activities, part activities. This

will also be useful for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during

the plant operation. The study area represents mostly urban and industrial environment. This

section describes the selection of sampling locations, methodology adopted for sampling,

analytical techniques and frequency of sampling.

4.8.1. Methodology Adopted for Air Quality Survey

4.8.1.1. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

The selection of the ambient air quality monitoring stations was done based on the CPCB

guidelines and Environmental Impact Assessment Manual published by MoEF & CC.




Section 4: Baseline



The air quality monitoring stations were selected based on a screening air quality modelling

exercise prior to commence of the study. Long-term meteorological data of nearest IMD

station located at Kailashigiri for the specific seasons was adopted while estimating the

possible impact zone due to emissions from the proposed facilities at the Project site. The

regional meteorological data for 4thApril 2016 to 19thJuly 2016 indicates the winds

predominantly blow from Southwest direction.

Eight (8) air quality monitoring stations were selected for a detailed monitoring as per the

CPCB guidelines. Details of the air quality monitoring stations are presented in Table 4.10

and Figure 4.22. Gajuwaka (AAQ5), Sriharipuram (AAQ2) and Gantyada (AAQ6) represent

the upwind direction with respect to the existing facility, where as stations at Gnanapuram

(AAQ3) represent the downwind direction of proposed project. AAQ4 station is installed

within the project site. Mulagada (AAQ1), Marripalem (AAQ7) and Malkapuram (AAQ8)

represent crosswind direction and also typical urban areas of the existing facility.

Table 4-10 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Location code Location

Aerial distance from the plant

boundary (Km) Direction Environmental

setting Latitude

Longitude

AAQ1 Mulagada 0.71 West Crosswind 17°41'58.00"N 83°13'27.60"E

AAQ2 Sriharipuram 1 South upwind 17°41'31.56"N 83°14'12.06"E

AAQ3 Gnanapuram 6.3 Northeast Downwind 17°43'18.06"N 83°17'7.14"E

AAQ4 Plant site - - - 17°41'59.22"N 83°14'11.16"E

AAQ5 Gajuwaka 4.2 Southwest Upwind 17°40'15.72"N 83°12'14.94"E

AAQ6 Gantyada 3.3 Southwest Upwind 17°40'56.52"N 83°12'18.72"E

AAQ7 Marripalem 4.8 East Downwind 17°44'26.58"N 83°14'37.68"E

AAQ8 Malkapuram 2.4 Southeast Crosswind 17°41'8.34"N 83°14'50.34"E




Section 4: Baseline



Figure 4-22 Locations of Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at a frequency of two days per week at each

of the identical location during study period from 4thApril 2016 to 14thJuly 2016. The

following parameters were monitored according to the terms of reference and National

Ambient Air Quality Standards: Particulate Matter (PM10), Particulate Matter (PM2.5),

Sulphur dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen dioxide (NO2), Carbon monoxide (CO), Ozone (O3), Lead




Section 4: Baseline



(Pb), Ammonia (NH3), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a) pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni),

Hydrocarbons (HC), and Mercury(Hg). Although the parameters such as Benzene (C6H6),

Benzo (a) pyrene (BaP), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), Hydrocarbons (HC) are not relevant to

the Coromandel operation. These parameters are analysed as per NAAQ standards. The

photograph of the sampling location is given in Figure 4.23. The collected data of ambient

air quality monitoring is shown in Table 4.11 and test reports are attached as Annexure 16. It

indicates that all values are within the limits of National Air Quality Standard prescribed b y

Central Pollution Control Board

Figure 4-23 Photographs Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

AAQM - Gajuwaka AAQM - Malkapuram

AAQM - Sriharipuram AAQM - Mulgada




Section 4: Baseline



AAQM - Marripalem AAQM – Gantyada

AAQM - Coromandel Plant site AAQM - Gnanapuram




Section 4: Baseline



Table 4-11 Summary of the Average Baseline Concentrations of Pollutants during the Study Period (4thApril 2016 to 14thJuly 2016)

Code Location PM10 (µg/m3)

PM2.5 (µg/m3)

SO2 (µg/m3)

NOX (µg/m3)

NH3 (µg/m3)

CO (mg/m3)

O3 (µg/m3)

Benzene (µg/m3)

AAQ1 Mulagada 62.1 30.03 13.8 14.8 26.4 0.95 12.7 0.7 AAQ2 Sriharipuram 65 31.5 12.2 17.3 29.5 0.99 11.8 0.7 AAQ3 Gnanapuram 87.2 42.5 11.3 22.50 40.07 0.87 12.3 0.6

AAQ4 Plant site 63.2 30.8 14.9 21.5 28.3 0.81 12.1 0.4 AAQ5 Gajuwaka 78.9 38.6 12.5 19.5 29 1.04 12.4 0.4

AAQ6 Gantyada 70.5 34.0 12.0 18.9 27.04 1.04 12.5 0.5

AAQ7 Marripalem 73.3 34.8 10.6 17.6 25.04 1.09 14.04 0.4

AAQ8 Malkapuram 66.4 31.7 12.01 17.8 34 0.915 13.5 0.4

NAAQ’S 100 60 80 80 400 4 180 5

Note: other parameters such as pb, Ni, BaP, As, are below detectable limit at all the locations.




Section 4: Baseline



4.8.1.2. Observations on Ambient Air Quality of the Study Area

Particulate Matter: PM10 and PM2.5 concentration in the study area is analysed and the

summary is presented in Table 4.12 and Table 4.13 and the trends were presented in Figure

4.24 and Figure 4.25 respectively.

Table 4-12 PM10 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period

(4thApril 2016 to 14thJuly 2016)

Station code Location Distance from the site

Direction wrt to site

PM10 Concentration(µg/m3)

Min Avg 98th percentile Max

AAQ1 Mulagada 0.71 Crosswind 48 62.1 70.9 72 AAQ2 Sriharipuram 1 Upwind 48 65 74.5 75 AAQ3 Gnanapuram 6.3 Downwind 68 87.2 99.8 102

AAQ4 Coromandel plant - - 56 63.2 69.6 70

AAQ5 Gajuwaka 4.2 Upwind 57 78.9 91.6 94 AAQ6 Gantyada 3.3 Upwind 58 70.5 84.2 88 AAQ7 Marripalem 4.8 Downwind 12 73.3 88.5 89 AAQ8 Malkapuram 2.4 Crosswind 37 66.4 83.9 85

Table 4-13 PM2.5 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period




PM2.5 Concentration(µg/m3)


AAQ1 Mulagada 0.71 Crosswind 25.0 30.03 34.5 35.0 AAQ2 Sriharipuram 1 Upwind 24.0 31.5 35.5 36.0 AAQ3 Gnanapuram 6.3 Downwind 34.0 42.5 49.8 52.0

AAQ4 Coromandel plant - - 25.0 30.8 35.0 35.0

AAQ5 Gajuwaka 4.2 Upwind 27.0 38.6 45.04 46.0 AAQ6 Gantyada 3.3 Upwind 22.0 33.9 41.6 43.0 AAQ7 Marripalem 4.8 Downwind 9.0 34.8 43.0 43.0 AAQ8 Malkapuram 2.4 Crosswind 22.0 31.7 43.1 45.0

The PM10 concentration in the study area is ranging from 12 g/m3 at Marripalem village to as

102 g/m3 at Gnanapuram village. The ratio between the average PM10 concentrations at plant

site to adjacent village Sriharipuram is about 0.97 which shows that no additional dust load is

contributed by plant operations. Similar pattern is observed for PM2.5 concentration in the

study area ranging from 9 g/m3 at Marripalem village to 52 g/m3 at Gnanapuram village.




Section 4: Baseline



The average measured PM10 and PM2.5 concentrations in the study area are within the

stipulated National Ambient Quality Standards of 100µg/m3 and 80µg/m3 respectively.It can

be noted that ambient PM10, PM2.5 cocnentrations at the Coromandel facility and its near by

environment were with in the NAAQ standards. Relatively high levels of PM10 na PM2.5 at

other areas could be due to various urban and mixed activites. These means PM10, PM2.5 are

in line with APPCB data.

The trend of PM10 concentration in the study area is given in Figure 4.24 and Figure 4.25

Figure 4-24 Trends of Ambient PM10 Concentration in the Study Area

AAQ1 AAQ2 AAQ3 AAQ4 AAQ5 AAQ6 AAQ7 AAQ8AVG. 62.14 65 87.25 63.17 78.88 70.52 73.33 66.4MAX 72 75 102 70 94 88 89 85MIN 48 48 68 56 57 58 12 37

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

PM10

Con

cent

ratio

n (

g/m

3)




Section 4: Baseline



Figure 4-25 Trends of Ambient PM2.5 Concentration in the Study Area

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2): Average, minimum and maximum reported concentrations of SO2

are presented in Table 4.14 and the trends are presented in Figure 4.26. SO2 concentrations

in the study area were observed to be in the range of 5.9µg/m3 at Malkapuram village to

17.2µg/m3at Coromandel Plant Site respectively. The average values were found to be in the

range of 10.7µg/m3to 14.8µg/m3. Thus, the observed SO2 concentrations are well within the

limits (80µg/m3) specified for Industrial, Residential, Rural and other areas. These means

values are in line with the APPCB air quality data for the year 2015-16.

Table 4-14 SO2 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period


Station code Location Distance from the

site


SO2 Concentration (µg/m3)



AAQ4 Coromandel Plant - - 10.0 14.8 16.8 17.2


AAQ1 AAQ2 AAQ3 AAQ4 AAQ5 AAQ6 AAQ7 AAQ8AVG. 30.03 31.53 42.46 30.78 38.56 33.96 34.79 31.7MAX 35 36 52 35 46 43 43 45MIN 25 24 34 25 27 22 9 22

0

10

20

30

40

50

60PM

2.5

Con

cent

ratio

n (

g/m

3)




Section 4: Baseline



Figure 4-26 Trends of Ambient SO2 Concentration in the Study Area

NOX: Average, minimum and maximum reported concentrations of NOX are presented in

Table 4.15 and Figure 4.27.

Table 4-15 NOX Concentration in the Study Area during the study period




NOX Concentration (µg/m3)





The NOX concentration in the study area was observed in the range of 7.9µg/m3 at

Malkapuram village to 28.5µg/m3at Coromandel Plant site. The average values were found to

range from 14.9µg/m3 to 22.9µg/m3. Thus, the observed NOX concentrations are well within

the limits (80µg/m3) specified for Industrial, Residential, Rural and other areas. Due to

vehicular emissions and influence of other industries in the region, the NOx levels are

relatively higher than that of typical rural levels. These means values are in line with the

APPCB air quality data for the year 2015-16.

AAQ1 AAQ2 AAQ3 AAQ4 AAQ5 AAQ6 AAQ7 AAQ8AVG. 10.57 12.1 11.3 14.8 12.36 11.96 10.57 12.01MAX 14.4 15.2 16.5 17.2 14.2 14.9 13 16.8MIN 7.2 8.8 6.9 10 10.5 10.5 6.8 5.9

02468

101214161820

SO2

conc

enta

rtio

n in

µg/

m3




Section 4: Baseline



Figure 4-27 Trends of Ambient NOX Concentration in the Study Area

Ammonia (NH3): Average, minimum and maximum reported concentrations of Ammonia

NH3 are presented in Table 4.16 and Figure 4.28.

Table 4-16 NH3 Concentration in the Study Area during the study period




NH3 Concentration(µg/m3)




AAQ5 Gajuwaka 4.2 Upwind 22.0 29 37.04 38.0 AAQ6 Gantyada 3.3 Upwind 22.0 27.04 36.16 40.0 AAQ7 Marripalem 4.8 Downwind 20.0 25.04 32.32 34.0 AAQ8 Malkapuram 2.4 Crosswind 20.0 34.0 49.28 50.0

The NH3 concentrations at the eight locations were observed in the range of 20µg/m3 to

80µg/m3. The average values were found to range from 25.1µg/m3 to 37.5µg/m3. The ratio of

average NH3 concentration at plant site to nearby village Sriharipuram is one which shows

that there is no additional increment of NH3 due to plant emissions. Thus the observed NH3

concentrations are well within the limits (400 µg/m3) specified for Industrial, Residential,

Rural and other areas.

AAQ1 AAQ2 AAQ3 AAQ4 AAQ5 AAQ6 AAQ7 AAQ8AVG. 14.8 17.2 22.5 21.6 19.48 18.9 17.6 17.85MAX 18.8 20.5 27.7 28.5 27.9 25.5 22.8 27.3MIN 9.8 10.5 15.2 14.8 14.8 12.2 8.8 7.9

0

5

10

15

20

25

30N

Ox

conc

enta

rtio

n in

µg/

m3




Section 4: Baseline



Figure 4-28 Trends of Ambient NH3 Concentration in the Study Area

Other Parameters: Average, minimum and maximum reported concentrations of other

parameters such as O3, and CO are presented in Table 4.17. The concentrations of Pb, As and

Ni were found to be below detectable limit. All the parameters are well within the limits

specified for Industrial, Residential, Rural and other areas.

Table 4-17 Various Pollutant Concentration in the Study Area during the study period


Station Code Location Distance

from the site Direction wrt to site

O3(µg/m3) CO(mg/m3) Min max Min max


AAQ4 Coromandel

Plant - - 10.0 16.0 0.6 1.1


4.9. Noise Environment

Noise levels were recorded at eight locations in the study area. The measurements were

carried out using Type 1 noise level integrated sound level meter. Mointoring was done at

each location during the study period for 24 hrs on hourly basis to obtain hourly equivalent

sound pressure level. A digital noise level meter was used to record the noise levels. From

these values, day time and night time and 24-hrs Leq values were calculated. Day time is

considered from 0600 hrs to 2200 hrs and night from 2200 hrs to 0600 hrs.

AAQ1 AAQ2 AAQ3 AAQ4 AAQ5 AAQ6 AAQ7 AAQ8AVG. 26.42 29.46 40.07 28.34 29 27.04 25.04 34MAX 40 46 80 44 38 40 34 50MIN 20 20 20 22 22 22 20 20

0102030405060708090

NH

3C

once

ntar

tion

in µ

g/m

3




Section 4: Baseline



Noise mointoring locations are represented in Table 4.18 and Figure 4.29. The measured

noise levels have been compared with the standard specified in Schedule III, Rule 3 of

Environmental Protection Rules.

Table 4-18 Noise Sampling Locations

S.No Location Location Code

Latitude & Longitude Type of area

1 Mulagada N1 17°41'58.00"N 83°13'27.60"E

Residential Area and Urban Area

2 Sriharipuram N2 17°41'31.56"N 83°14'12.06"E


3 Gnanapuram N3 17°43'18.06"N 83°17'7.14"E


4 Coromandel Plant N4 17°41'59.22"N

83°14'11.16"E Industrial Area

5 Gajuwaka N5 17°40'15.72"N 83°12'14.94"E


6 Gantyada N6 17°40'56.52"N 83°12'18.72"E


7 Marripalem N7 17°44'26.58"N 83°14'37.68"E


8 Malkapuram N8 17°41'8.34"N 83°14'50.34"E





Section 4: Baseline



Figure 4-29 Noise Sampling Location

Based on the recorded noise levels, various statistical parameters have been presented

in Table 4.19




Section 4: Baseline



Table 4-19 Recorded Noise Levels

S.No Location Location code Leq in dB(A) Day Night

1 Mulagada N1 62.5 49.5 2 Sriharipuram N2 71.1 61.6 3 Gnanapuram N3 69.7 61.1 4 Coromandel

Plant N4 70.2 66.4

5 Gajuwaka N5 74.7 62.9 6 Gantyada N6 69.8 61.1 7 Marripalem N7 74.1 66.8 8 Malkapuram N8 66.3 51.0

Average day time and night time noise levels at residential areas in the study area was found

to be varying from 62.5 to 74.7 dB(A) and 49.5 dB(A) to 66.8 dB(A) respectively and the

values are higher than CPCB limits for residential areas. The hourly noise level monitoring

data is enclosed in Annexure 17. Noise levels at the Coromandel plant was reported to be

within the noise limits prescribed for industrial area. Noise level in the study area was found

to exceed the standards due to urban activities and vehicular traffic in the region, which

represents a typical urban area.

4.10. Water Environment

The water resources and water quality of both surface and ground water is studied within 10

Km radius of the existing facility for this EIA study. Gajuwaka, Pedagantyada and

Visakhapatnam Rural are the three mandals covered in the study area of 10km radius from

the project site.

4.10.1. Surface Water Sources in the Study Area

Two major water bodies in the study area are Meghadri Reservoir and Kanithi Reservoir

which are located at an aerial distance of 8 Km from North-West direction and 7.50 Km of

South-West direction. The reservoirs in the study area are described in detail below.

4.10.1.1. Meghadri Gedda Reservoir

The Meghadri Gedda Reservoir as represented in Figure 4.30 lies in between the geographic

coordinates of 83° 00' to 83° 17' of eastern longitudes and 17°42' to 17°57' northern latitudes

and is bound by three administrative mandals (sub-districts) of Visakhapatnam district of

Andhra Pradesh namely Sabbavaram, Pendurthi, K.Kotpadu and Kottavalsa Mandal of

Vizianagaram district. Meghadri Gedda is an east flowing non- perennial river taking its rise




Section 4: Baseline



in the Eastern Ghats at Nandikonda hill.

Figure 4-30 Google Image of the Meghadri Gedda Reservoir within the Study Area

The river flows towards Rajapurajapeta village in S. Kota Mandal of Visakhapatnam district

then it turns south up to Karuvapuvanipalem village and thereafter it runs in the south-east

direction and joins the Bay of Bengal near Ramapuvanipalem, Visakhapatnam. The reservoir

was commissioned in the year 1979, with an increased water withdrawal capacity of 37,854

m3/day from the year 1989. The Meghadri Gedda is a typical shallow reservoir covering a

larger area. This major city Visakhapatnam is dependent on this reservoir for its industrial,

agricultural and domestic water use.

4.10.1.2. Kanithi Balancing Reservoir

The Kanithi Reservoir as represented in Figure 4.31 is located at Ukkunagaram,

Visakhapatnam and lies in between the geographic coordinates of 17°40 11 N 83°09 23 E to

17.66972°N 83.15639°E. It draws its water from a special canal built exclusively for it from

Meghadrigadda Reservoir

Existing Facility




Section 4: Baseline



the Yeleru River flowing in East Godavari district. The reservoir spans 2.2 km by 2.0 km

area.

Figure 4-31 Google Image of the Kanithi Balancing Reservoir within the Study Area

4.10.2. Surface Water Quality

Water quality parameters of the surface water resources within the study area have been

considered for assessing the water environment. A surface water sample was collected from

the Meghadri Gedda Reservoir, Kanithi Reservoir and Coromandel jetty water. The summary

of surface water quality analysis is given in the Table 4.21 below.

Table 4-20 Surface water Sampling Location

Location Code Location SW1 Meghadri Gedda Reservoir (Fresh water) SW2 Kanithi Reservoir (Fresh water) SW3 Coromandel Jetty Water (Sea water)

Kanithi Balancing Reservoir

Existing Facility




Section 4: Baseline



The observation of the surface water sample is given below and surface water quality analysis

as represented in Table 4-21 and the report is enclosed in Annexure 18.

Table 4-21 Surface Water Quality

S. No. Parameters Units SW1 SW2 Method of Analysis 1 Temperature oC 26 29 IS:3025 part 09:2002 2 Colour Hazen 1 1 IS:3025 part 04:2012 3 Turbidity NTU 0.1 0.1 IS:3025 part 10:2006 4 pH - 7.83 7.87 IS:3025 part 11:2006 5 Total Solids mg/l 381 213 IS:3025 part 15:2003 6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 368 203 IS:3025 part 16:2006 7 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 13 10 IS:3025 part 17:2006

8 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 174 101 IS:3025 part 21:2009 9 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 29 25 IS:3025 part 40:2009 10 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 24 10 IS:3025 part 46:2009 11 Sodium (as Na) mg/l 89 46 IS:3025 part 45:2003

12 Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR) - 3.5 2.2 -

13 Potassium (as K) mg/l 8.2 4.6 IS:3025 part 45:2003 14 Ph Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l Nil Nil IS:3025 part 51:2006 15 MO Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l 180 115 IS:3025 part 51:2006 16 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l 180 115 IS:3025 part 23:2003 17 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 85 30 IS:3025 part 32:2007 18 Sulphates (as SO4) mg/l 28 18 IS:3025 part 24:2009 19 Nitrite Nitrogen (as NO3) mg/l 0.22 0.14 IS:3025 part 34:2009 20 Silica (as SiO2) mg/l 2.9 4.7 IS:3025 part 35:2003 21 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 0.55 0.37 IS:3025 part 60:2008 22 Residual, Free Chlorine mg/l <1.0 <1.0 IS:3025 part 26:2009 23 Mineral Oil mg/l Nil Nil IS:3025 part 39:2013 24 Cyanide (as CN) mg/l <0.2 <0.2 IS:3025 part 27:2003 25 Aluminium (as Al) mg/l <0.5 <0.5 APHA-3500-Al 26 Arsenic (as As) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 part 37:2003 27 Boron (as B) mg/l <0.1 <0.1 IS:3025 part 57:2010 28 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l <0.003 <0.003 IS:3025 part 41:2003 29 Total Chromium (as Cr) mg/l <0.1 <0.1 IS:3025 part 52:2003

30 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr6+) mg/l <0.05 <0.05 IS:3025 part 52:2003 31 Copper (as Cu) mg/l <0.1 <0.1 IS:3025 part 42:2009 32 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.48 0.56 IS:3025 part 53:2009 33 Lead (as Pb) mg/l <0.1 <0.1 IS:3025 part 47:2009 34 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l <0.1 <0.1 APHA-3500-Mn




Section 4: Baseline



S. No. Parameters Units SW1 SW2 Method of Analysis 35 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 part 48:2003 36 Nickel (as Ni) mg/l <0.5 <0.5 IS:3025 part 54:2003 37 Selenium (as Se) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 part 56:2003 38 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l <0.5 <0.5 IS:3025 part 49:2009

39 Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/l A A IS:3025 part 43:2003

40 Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons mg/l A A IS:1557:2005

41 Pesticides mg/l A A APHA 4660-B 42 Oil and Grease mg/l <5.0 <5.0 IS:3025 part 39:2003 43 Dissolved Oxygen (as DO) mg/l 4.0 4.1 Is:3025 Part 38:2003

44 Chemical Oxygen Demand (as COD) mg/l 10 13 IS:3025 Part 58:2006

45 BOD 3 days at 270C mg/l 3.2 4.0 IS:3025 Part 44:2003

46 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 30 24 APHA9221A &

922B:2012 Observations- The pH of Meghadri Gedda Reservoir, Kanithi Reservoir water was found to

be slightly alkaline. The TDS levels in the surface water were found to vary from 203mg/l to

368mg/l as per IS:3025 part 16:2006. The Total Hardness of the surface water was found to

be ranging from 101mg/l to 174mg/l as per IS:3025 part 21:2009. The Fluoride concentration

was found to be varying between 0.37mg/l to 0.55mg/l as per ISO:3025 part 60:2008.The

microbiological content as total coliform ranging from 24 MPN/100ml to 30 MPN/100ml.

Heavy metal concentrations are well within the permissible limits as per drinking water

standards.

The pH of Coromandel Jetty water (sea water) was found to be neutral. The TDS levels

(salinity) in the sea water were found to be 29118mg/l.

4.10.3. Ground Water Resources

Ground water occurs in almost all geological formations. The aquifers in the district are

broadly classified into hard formations (Khondalites, Charnockites, granitic gneisses etc.) and

Soft rock formations (sand stones and alluvium). Ground water occurs under unconfined to

semi-confined conditions in the hard formations, while it occurs under unconfined to

confined conditions in soft formations. The yields in the weathered zones of hard formations

range from 25 to 100 m3/day. The bore wells drilled in the fractured and fissured zones of

hard formations, The yields of the bore wells in hard rock formations range between 5 to 25

m3/hr. Sand stones are exposed in the small isolated places. In these formations, ground water




Section 4: Baseline



occurs under both unconfined and confined conditions. The depth of dug wells in alluvium

formations ranges from 2 to 10 mbgl and the yields generally ranges from 40 to 250 m3/day.

The depth of filter points/tube wells in sedimentary formation varies from 9 to 35 m with

discharges ranging from 15 to 30m3/hour.

Ground water level data published by CGWB for the Anakapalle observation well indicates

that the deepest water level is 6.95 m bgl during May 1999 and shallowest water level is 0.97

m bgl during November 2010.The season wise ground water level data collected for

Anakapalle monitoring well is given in below.

The occurrence of ground water in the study area (10 km radius) has been studied in detail by

collecting the water level from 17 well (Bore / open wells). The depth of the wells ranges

from 4 m to 60 m. The ground water levels are collected from the bore and open well.

The ground water level zone map shows that the water level ranging between 2.9-4.4 m

occupies majority of the area. The project site is located in 1.4-2.9 m zone. The ground water

level zone map is presented in Figure 4.32. The location, ground water level and depth

collected from the 10 km radius are given in Table 4.22.




Section 4: Baseline



Table 4-22 Details of Location of Ground Water Level Data Collection

S.No. Location Longitude Latitude Depth in m Water level in m

1 Krishnanagaram 83° 13' 0.618" 17° 45' 26.3" 6.5 30.2 2 Chimalapalli 83° 12' 1.189" 17° 46' 54.526" 45.0 30.2 3 Adavivaram 1 83° 14' 34.733" 17° 46' 23.291" 6.4 64.9 4 Adavivaram 2 83° 15' 24.358" 17° 46' 41.39" 5.0 91.3 5 Velrapuvanapalem 83° 12' 21.33" 17° 44' 25.652" 40.0 5.6 6 Satyavampalem 83° 11' 9.521" 17° 43' 39.238" 12.0 13.0 7 Jaggayampalem 83° 12' 6.151" 17° 43' 3.625" 55.0 8.7 7 Vadlapudi 83° 10' 9.679" 17° 41' 11.24" 12.0 16.1 9 Duggapavanipalem 83° 9' 28.228" 17° 39' 1.341" 30.0 33.6

10 Kongapalem 83° 13' 42.773" 17° 38' 33.317" 9.0 8.1 11 Mindi 83° 13' 17.669" 17° 41' 53.859" 4.0 11.7 12 Madhavadhara 83° 15' 39.245" 17° 44' 38.788" 30.0 41.6 13 Maddilapalem 83° 19' 11.755" 17° 44' 7.262" 40.0 31.7 14 Ninukatta 83° 16' 23.615" 17° 39' 44.543" 60.0 10.1 15 Peddakorada 83° 11' 22.365" 17° 38' 14.927" 15.0 8.5 16 Vizagapattinam 83° 15' 30.171" 17° 42' 21.68" 10.0 5.8 17 Jerripnulepalem 83° 10' 28.511" 17° 46' 5.529" 40.0 21.6




Section 4: Baseline



Figure 4-32 Ground water level zone of the Study area

4.10.3.1. Lithology

The Bore well lithology pertaining to Vishkapatinam project site has been collected from the

CGWB Bore well and it is presented below. The lithology of the borehole shows that up to

6.0 m the bore well composed of Alluvium – Clay mixed. The horizontal and vertical

permeability of the formation up to 49 m/day which is very less.

Depth Range (m bgl) Thickness (m) Lithology 0-2 2.0 Top Soil 2-6 4.0 Alluviam 6-16 10.0 Highy weathered

16-28 12.0 Partially weathered




Section 4: Baseline



Depth Range (m bgl) Thickness (m) Lithology 28-36 8.0 Highly Jointed Rock 36-45 9.0 Fractured Rock 45-55 10.0 Joitned Rock 55-60 5.0 Massive Rock

4.10.3.2. Movement of Groundwater

The movement of ground water is controlled by the hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer and

hydraulic gradient. In study area the hydraulic conductivity is mainly based on the Primary

porosity. The homogeneity of the sedimentary formation plays a vital role in the movement

of the ground water. In the study area the formations are hetrogenous in nature. The

hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer is mainly due to the coarseness of the sedimentary

formations and fractures in the hard rock formations. Based on the water level data (Pre and

Post monsoon) the ground water table has been constructed for the Pre and Post monsoon

periods. The ground water table contour depicts two different patterns 1) ground water moves

from north to central part of the study area and 2) south, west to central part the study area (

to river) both the seasons. The hydraulic gradient study area depicts two different scenario ie.,

1) from north to south towards project site and 2) from the project site to east.

Pre-monsoon hydraulic gradient 5.87 m/Km and 4.52 m/Km

Post- monsoon hydraulic gradient 5.12 m/Km and 4.06 m/Km




Section 4: Baseline



It is also noticed ground water trough is noticed in the north western and south eastern part of

the project site. The ground water table constructed for the study area is represented in

Figure 4-33 and 4-34:

Figure 4-33 Ground water Table of the Study area (Pre monsoon)




Section 4: Baseline



Figure 4-34 Ground water Table of the Study area (Post monsoon)

4.10.3.3. Evaluation of Aquifer Parameters

Pumping test is the most accurate reliable and commonly used method to evaluate the

hydraulic parameters of an aquifer, efficiency of a well / bore well, safer operational rates of

pumping and selection of suitable pump. The methods of a pumping test are highly varying in

its application. The main objective of pumping test is to determine the aquifer parameters

such as Transmissivity (T), Storage co-efficient (S) Hydraulic Conductivity (K), well

performance and safe yield for execution of water supply.

The pumping test conducted in the same hydrogeological environment has been collected

from the government department. The results are as follows:




Section 4: Baseline



Bore Well in m 60 Static Water level in m 4.5 Pump capacity 7.5 HP Discharge in lpm 120 lpm Time in min. 320 minutes Stability not attained Drawdown in m 2 m Specific Capacity lpm per m draw down 60 Transmissivity of the fractured aquifer m2/day

42

Rate of recovery In 320 minutes static water level was attained

The pumping test results revels that the drawdown is 2 m at the pumping rate of 120 lpm.

As the aquifer moderately potential aquifer, the drawdown is moderate. It is also observed

that the average T Value is 42 m2/day which indicates the aquifer is a moderately productive

aquifer.

4.10.3.4. Estimation of Ground water potential

As per the ground water resource estimation (CGWB Report) the VSP Urban Mandal has

been categorized as ‘Safe’ Block, where the stage of ground water development is only 25%.

The net ground water resource of Budhni Block is as follows:

Estimation of Ground water potential – Study area

10 km radius from the project boundary has been considered to estimate the ground water

potential. The estimation of ground water potential has been made based on the ground water

estimation committee norms 1997 of Government of India. The estimation is made based

on the Rain fall infiltration Factor method. The specific yield, infiltration factors have been

adopted as per the recommendations given in the estimation committee norms.




Section 4: Baseline



The computation of ground water potential estimation as per the estimation committee norms

for Rainfall infiltration factor method is as follows:

Monsoon Recharge

Normal Rainfall Recharge – Ri mon = A X If X Rf

Ri_mon = Rainfall recharge during monsoon

A = Area

If = Infiltration factor

Rf = Rainfall

Recharge from other uses – Ro mon = Rc+Rsw+Rgw+Rt+Rwc

Ro mon = Recharge from other uses (infiltration and seepages)

Rc = Canal Seepage

Rsw= Return seepage from surface water irrigation

Rgw= Return seepage from ground water irrigation

Rt = Recharge from Tank

Rwc= Recharge from water conservation Stuctures

Ground water Draft – Dg mon = Ird+Dd+Id

Dg mon = Gross ground water draft in monsoon season

Ird = Irrigation Draft

Dd = Domestic Draft

Id = Industrial Draft

Non-Monsoon Recharge

Normal Rainfall Recharge – Ri nm = A X If X Rf

Ri_nm = Rainfall recharge during monsoon

A = Area

If = Infiltration factor

Rf = Rainfall

Recharge from other uses – Ro nm = Rc+Rsw+Rgw+Rt+Rwc

Ro nm = Recharge from other uses (infiltration and seepages)

Rc = Canal Seepage

Rsw= Return seepage from surface water irrigation

Rgw= Return seepage from ground water irrigation

Rt = Recharge from Tank

Rwc= Recharge from water conservation Structures




Section 4: Baseline



Ground water Draft – Dg nm = Ird+Dd+Id

Dg nm = Gross ground water draft in Non monsoon season

Ird = Irrigation Draft

Dd = Domestic Draft

Id = Industrial Draft

ARGWS-nnual Replenishable Ground water resources = Ri_mon + Ri_nm

ANDnm-Allocation of Natural discharge during non-monsoon period= 10%

NAGW-Net annual ground water availability = ARGWS-ANDnm

SGWD-Stage of Ground water Development:

(Dg mon+Dgnm)/NAGWX100

The ground water estimation has been made (as represented in Figure 4.34) considering the

following:

Normal monsoon and non-monsoon rainfall for 5 years from the Sehore District

Rainfall.

Actual rainfall data for 5 years from the IMD Government department.

Geomorphology based infiltration factor.

5 km around the project site is completely composed of limestone

Infiltration factor of 14% for Alluvium and Khondoline (Hard rock) 10% (as per

estimation committee norms)

Rivers flowing in the center of the project area (10 km radius) & reservoir and their

contribution to the ground water system.

Computation of Ground water draft based on crop water requirement.

Norms for return flow from irrigation based on the source of irrigation i.e. ground

water or surface water, type of crops and depth to water table below ground level.

Allocation for domestic and industrial water supply based on population density and

relative load on ground water.

Deeper aquifer system has not been considered for the ground water estimation.

The estimation results clearly states that the Categorization ‘Safe’ around 10km radius of the

project site. The stage of ground water development is only 45%.




Section 4: Baseline



Figure 4-34 Showing the Ground Water Estimation




Section 4: Baseline



4.10.3.5. Estimation Catchment Yield

Runoff is one of the most important hydrologic parameter used in most of the water resources

applications. The predication of quantity and rate of runoff from the land to the streams is

very difficult and it requires more time for un-gauged watershed.

Rainfall, if it is not intercepted by vegetation of by artificial surfaces such as roofs or

pavements, falls on the earth and either evaporates, infiltrates or lies in depression storage.

When the loss arising in these ways is all provided for, there may remain a surplus that,

obeying the gravitation laws, flows over the surface to the nearest stream channel. The

streams coalesce into rivers and the rivers find their way down to sea.

Runoff may consist of surface runoff, subsurface runoff and groundwater runoff. Surface

runoff is that part of runoff which travels over the ground surface and through channels into

the basin outlet. Groundwater runoff is a portion of groundwater discharged into the streams.

Subsurface runoff (Interflow) is that part of precipitation which infiltrates the surface soil and

moves laterally through the upper soil horizons towards the streams.

The surface runoff assessment is very essential to quantify the water that flows out of the

watershed. A portion of the surplus flow can be used for conservation within the watershed.

The runoff for the watersheds covering the 10 km radius has been estimated based on rational

method and presented below.

The total runoff from the watersheds of the study area is 64329362.55 m3/year i.e. 64.33

million m3/year watershed wise run off as given below Table 4-23

Table 4-23 Watershed wise runoff

Micro Watershed Code Area in Sq.Km Area in Sq.m Catchment Yield in

m3/year 1 18.40 18397706 4092754 2 27.60 27601457 6140220 3 3.05 3046496 677724 4 19.50 19498934 4337733 5 47.20 47195867 10499193 6 18.92 18917763 4208446 7 16.38 16375763 3642952 8 17.01 17013223 3784761 9 34.67 34666894 7711997 10 6.64 6639826 1477095 11 10.42 10422646 2318622




Section 4: Baseline



Micro Watershed Code Area in Sq.Km Area in Sq.m Catchment Yield in

m3/year 12 31.94 31943932 7106247 13 21.99 21987471 4891333 14 15.46 15464738 3440286

Total 289.18 289172717 64329363

4.10.4. Ground Water Quality

Selected water quality parameters of ground water resources within the study area have been

considered for assessing the water environment. To assess the water quality of the study area,

seven (7) ground water sampling locations were selected. These samples were collected as

grab samples and were analyzed for various parameters. Forty (40) water quality parameters

are analyzed. The water sampling locations are listed below in Table 4.24 and the locations

are marked in 10 km map which is given below in Figure 4.35.

Table 4-24 Ground Water Quality Monitoring Locations

Location Code Location Coordinates

GW1 Coramandal plant 17°41'59.22"N 83°14'11.16"E

GW2 Mulagada 17°41'58.00"N 83°13'27.60"E

GW3 Srihari puram 17°41'31.56"N 83°14'12.06"E

GW4 Malkapuram 17°41'8.34"N 83°14'50.34"E

GW5 Gajuwaka 17°40'15.72"N 83°12'14.94"E

GW6 Gantyada 17°40'56.52"N 83°12'18.72"E

GW7 Marripalem 17°44'26.58"N 83°14'37.68"E

GW8 Gnanapuram 17°43'18.06"N 83°17'7.14"E




Section 4: Baseline



Figure 4-35 Ground Water Quality Monitoring Locations




Section 4: Baseline



Table 4-25 Analysed Ground Water Quality for Various Parameters

S.No. Parameters Units GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 Method of Analysis

IS 10500:2012 Standard

(Acceptable)


(Permissible) 1 Temperature oC 27 31 29 26 30 29 27 27 IS:3025 part 09:2002 - - 2 Colour Hazen 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IS:3025 part 04:2012 5 15 3 Turbidity NTU 0.1 <0.1 0.1 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 0.1 <0.1 IS:3025 part 10:2006 1 5 4 pH - 7.87 8.31 8.06 7.96 7.4 7.6 7.61 7.73 IS:3025 part 11:2006 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 5 Total Solids mg/l 173 885 698 728 862 866 621 599 IS:3025 part 15:2003 NS NS 6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 159 868 687 717 849 850 609 586 IS:3025 part 16:2006 500 2000 7 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 14 17 11 11 13 16 12 13 IS:3025 part 17:2006 NS NS 8 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 134 192 403 291 252 465 381 347 IS:3025 part 21:2009 200 600 9 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 36 34 45 65 83 67 54 67 IS:3025 part 40:2009 75 200

10 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 11 53 71 31 11 72 60 44 IS:3025 part 46:2009 30 100 11 Sodium (as Na) mg/l 17 400 148 175 224 190 119 116 IS:3025 part 45:2003 NS NS 12 Potassium (as K) mg/l 3.2 1.6 1.1 56 114 6 1.4 7.9 IS:3025 part 45:2003 NS NS 13 Ph Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil IS:3025 part 51:2006 NS NS 14 MO Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l 105 140 365 410 295 440 325 300 IS:3025 part 51:2006 NS NS 15 Toal Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l 105 140 180 210 295 440 325 300 IS:3025 part 23:2003 200 600 16 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 15 34 119 116 204 165 55 95 IS:3025 part 32:2007 250 1000 17 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 10 83 61 61 86 67 83 63 IS:3025 part 24:2009 200 400 18 Nitrate Nitrogen (as NO3) mg/l 0.33 4.2 7.8 8.7 4 10 13 8.7 IS:3025 part 34:2009 45 no relaxation 19 Silica (as SiO2) mg/l 6.8 13 15 13 19 14 18 13 IS:3025 part 35:2003 NS NS 20 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 0.37 0.7 0.8 0.6 0.45 0.56 0.8 0.33 IS:3025 part 60:2008 1 1.5 22 Residual, Free Chlorine mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 IS:3025 part 26:2009 0.2 1 23 Mineral Oil mg/l Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil IS:3025 part 39:2013 0.5 no relaxation 24 Cyanide (as CN) mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 IS:3025 part 27:2003 0.05 no relaxation 26 Aluminium (as Al) mg/l <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 APHA-3500-Al 0.03 0.2 28 Arsenic (as As) mg/l <0.001 < 0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 part 37:2003 0.01 0.05 29 Boron (as B) mg/l <0.1 < 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 IS:3025 part 57:2010 0.5 1 30 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 IS:3025 part 41:2003 0.003 no relaxation 32 Total Chromium (as Cr) mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 IS:3025 part 52:2003 0.05 no relaxation 34 Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr6+) mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 IS:3025 part 52:2003 0.05 - 35 Copper (as Cu) mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 IS:3025 part 42:2009 0.05 1.5 36 Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.18 0.2 0.22 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.28 0.3 IS:3025 part 53:2009 0.3 no relaxation




Section 4: Baseline



S.No. Parameters Units GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 Method of Analysis


(Acceptable)


(Permissible) 38 Lead (as Pb) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 IS:3025 part 47:2009 0.01 no relaxation 40 Manganese (as Mn) mg/l <0.1 < 0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA-3500-Mn 0.1 0.3 41 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l <0.001 < 0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 part 48:2003 0.001 no relaxation 43 Nickel (as Ni) mg/l <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 IS:3025 part 54:2003 0.02 no relaxation 45 Selenium (as Se) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 IS:3025 part 56:2003 0.01 no relaxation 46 Zinc (as Zn) mg/l <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 2.1 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 IS:3025 part 49:2009 5 15

47 Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH) mg/l A A A A A A A A IS:3025 part 43:2003 0.001 0.001

48 Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons mg/l A A A A A A A A IS:1557:2005 0.0001 0.0001

49 Pesticides mg/l A A A A A A A A APHA 4660-B Absent Absent A- Absent




Chapter 5: Assessment of Environmental Impacts


Observation The analysis results of ground water samples indicate that the average pH

ranges in between 7.4 to 8.31 and it shows slightly Alkaline, TDS ranges from 159 mg/l to

868 mg/l. The TDS concentration was found to be in the permissible limit. Total hardness is

in the range of 134 mg/l to 465 mg/l was found be in the desirable limit. The nitrate content

in the study area varied in the range of 0.33 to 13 mg/l which is within the permissible limit.

The heavy metal concentration is found to be Below Detectable Limit and fluoride

concentrations are in the ranges of 0.33 mg/l to 0.8 mg/l which are found within the drinking

water standards. Chloride concentration was found in the range of 15 to 204 mg/l which are

found within permissible limits of drinking water standards.

Groundwater in the study area was found be within the desirable limits as per drinking water.

The analysis results are compared with the standards for drinking water as per IS: 10500 –

2012 “Specification for drinking Water” and the analysis report is enclosed as Annexure 19.

4.11. Ecological Environment

4.11.1. Terrestrial Ecology

Biological environment is one of the most important components in environmental impact

assessment study. Ecological system shows inter-relationships between biotic and abiotic

components including dependence, competition and symbiotism. Biotic component

comprises of both plants (Flora) and animal (Fauna) communities, which interact not only

within themselves but also with the abiotic components, viz. physical components of the

environment. Generally the diversity of biological (flora & fauna) communities is an

indicator of prevailing status of environmental conditions. The species of natural flora and

fauna get organized into communities with mutual dependencies, which reflect the sensitivity

to anthropogenic influences. The status of biotic communities is studied in the form of

distribution, abundance and diversity.

Details of the area are collected through Google earth and given in Figure 4.36. Collected the

maps related to road, rail network, drainage pattern, Contour, forest type, forest cover, Land

use and Land cover from the office. The entire schedule is communicated to the consultant

and client to discuss all possible impacts on flora and fauna. The total area is analyzed in

detail and with GIS tools and marked around 32 sampling points as given in Table 4-26

(Zone- I within Coromandel Boundary. 8 sampling points, Zone-II from Boundary of

Coromandel to 5 sq km for 8 sampling points and Zone –III from 5 km boundary to 10 km






for.8 sampling points) by covering the various ecosystems of core and buffer zones in all the

directions. The detailed field visit planned during 3rd to 5thd August, 2016. The entire tour

was planned to cover all sampling points in shortest duration. During the survey, a random

observation based on the topo map and also Google map is made for village side, road side,

hillocks (RFs) and near the agriculture. The sampling points are selected to gather maximum

primary information that fulfills the statistical analysis. General Interviews were made with

the local people about the native animals and medicinal plants that are used frequently. A

thorough review is made about each sampling point and spent about 10 to 20 minutes at each

sampling point and documented the flora and fauna in the prescribed formats. Photographs

were taken during the field visit covers vegetation structure and given below in Figures 4.37,

4.38, 4.39 & 4.40. Generally pictures were not taken for the repeated species which are

already taken during the previous point.

Figure 4-36 Sampling points of Flora and Fauna at 1km, 5km and 10 km Radius of the Study Area






Figure 4-37 Flora and Fauna in the Study Area

Google map showing the study area with sampling points Coromandel plant area

Core zone vegetation Buffer zone vegetation

Field Survey Team Field Survey Team






Table 4-26 GPS coordinates of the sampling points for flora and fauna:

Sampling Point Latitude Longitude Zone – I (0 to 1 km radius)

1 17°41'40.64"N 83°14'6.51"E 2 17°41'46.35"N 83°14'1.95"E 3 17°41'49.10"N 83°13'51.39"E 4 17°42'25.47"N 83°13'53.62"E 5 17°42'9.40"N 83°13'43.49"E 6 17°42'7.56"N 83°14'15.70"E 7 17°42'16.02"N 83°14'7.02"E 8 17°41'52.51"N 83°13'27.81"E

Zone – II (1 to 5 km radius) 9 17°40'30.73"N 83°15'40.50"E

10 17°40'33.61"N 83°15'8.21"E 11 17°40'19.50"N 83°13'37.14"E 12 17°42'1.64"N 83°11'51.47"E 13 17°43'20.62"N 83°12'37.06"E 14 17°43'59.86"N 83°14'15.15"E 15 17°42'49.70"N 83°15'43.40"E 16 17°41'46.21"N 83°15'48.45"E

Zone – III (5 to 10 km radius) 17 17°39'3.92"N 83°14'47.73"E 18 17°39'36.92"N 83°15'47.40"E 19 17°39'57.92"N 83°16'52.85"E 20 17°41'6.49"N 83°17'0.41"E 21 17°44'41.75"N 83°16'43.67"E 22 17°45'43.20"N 83°15'3.67"E 23 17°45'20.87"N 83°13'20.21"E 24 17°41'1.07"N 83°10'24.35"E 25 17°38'57.28"N 83°10'7.10"E 26 17°40'42.48"N 83° 9'27.82"E 27 17°45'52.32"N 83°10'28.23"E 28 17°46'13.92"N 83°12'26.68"E 29 17°45'15.32"N 83°18'16.53"E 30 17°45'14.85"N 83°17'41.16"E 31 17°45'45.05"N 83°15'46.41"E 32 17°46'22.67"N 83°15'19.98"E






Figure 4-38 Zone –I (Within Coromandel) Core area Sampling Locations Typical View

Sampling Point No. 1 Sampling Point No. 2


Sampling point No. 5 Sampling point No. 6






Figure 4-39 Zone –II (Coromandel boundary to 5 sq km –Core zone) Sampling Locations Typical View









Figure 4-40 Zone –III (5 sq km to 10 Sq. km –Core zone) Sampling Locations Typical View











Sampling Point No.31 Sampling Point No. 32

4.11.1.1. Pre-site Work Plan

Before starting the field trip, collected the details of the project from the EIA coordinator

discussed the probable impact on the local flora and fauna though the present activity and the

extent of the area. Secondary data collected from published papers (see references) on Flora

and fauna components of the study area. A through revision on ecological and biodiversity






aspects of the region was also gathered through web sites. Published working plan data

containing the list of flora and fauna are collected from Divisional Forest Officer,

Visakhapatnam. Area specific details, related to road, rail network, drainage pattern, Contour,

forest type, forest cover, Land use and Land cove of the proposed fertilizer capacity

expansion unit area are collected

4.11.1.2. Field Survey

A detailed survey of flora and fauna was carried out from 3rd to 5th August, 2016 by

Ecological expert. The present study period supports good number of herbaceous species

which are under blooming and can be easily identified during this season. Only photographs

are taken during the field survey and no damage was created to flora and fauna during the

sampling. None of the specimens collected as voucher specimens and for herbarium. It is

basically done through field observations only.

Survey Types used:

1. Reconnaissance survey (Near Agricultural, Human habitations and Road side)

2. Quadrate and Line transact method for trees, shrubs and herbs.

3. Belt transects method for road side trees and butterflies.

4. Point count method for birds.

5. Direct and Indirect evidences for Mammals and other faunal species.

Equipment / Instruments deployed

Digital Camera (NIKON P510 MODEL 42 X zoom)

GPS

Measuring tape (Small)

Binoculars

Field observation book

The primary data was collected by visual observations (documented in the field forms) as

well as by discussion with villagers. For floral study quadrate method has been used for

adopted to study woody and non woody species. 20 m X 20 m for tree species, 5 m X 5 m

quadrates for shrubs and 1 m X 1 m quadrates for herbs. In locations where the quadrants are

not possible such as hilly areas and agricultural, plantation areas a belt transect of 100m X

10m was adopted. List of floral species observed at each quadrant is documented and






photographed. Species are compared with standard floras and identifying the plants need for

conservation.

The assessment of wildlife/fauna was carried out by field observations (direct sightings) and

or by indirect evidences like droppings, skeletal remains etc. As the animals are migratory,

habitats used by protected, important or sensitive species for breeding, nesting, foraging,

resting, over wintering, migration are ascertained. An effort was also made to indentify

invertebrate species. Birds were recorded using binoculars by point count method in dawn

and desk in the study area and compared with published literature. An effort has been made

to identify the impacts of the proposed project at different stages. Floral and faunal resources

used by local communities such as timber, medicinal and fishing are also collected. The

mitigation measures were suggested and conservation of Scheduled species has been given.

No quantitative assessment done for mammals, reptiles and other vertebrate species. Most of

the data gathered from authenticated secondary data as well as local villager’s information.

Scheduling of species done according to Indian Wildlife Protection act (1972) and checked

the local and national status of the species.

The secondary data corresponding to project region were gathered from published literature,

District Forest Department and Social Forestry Division. The authenticity of field

observations are confirmed through discussions with local people and based on secondary

data collected from different Government offices like Forest Department, Wildlife

Department and Fisheries Department etc. The status of individual fauna species are

ascertained as per the schedules in Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act.

4.11.2. Quantitative Analysis of the Vegetation

Plot-based random quadrate sampling method was adopted to generate the Phytosociological

data viz., density, frequency, abundance and important value index (IVI). Other ecological

parameters viz., abundance, density, frequency, IVI, Shannon-Wiener diversity index,

Simpson’s dominance index, Abundance/Frequency (A/F) ratio for distribution pattern of

species and Similarity Index were derived from the above basic data. These indices are also

been calculated with statistical tools such as PAST, SPSS, and Biodiversity PRO etc.






4.11.2.1. Secondary Data

List of flora and fauna from Forest Department, Previous studies for EIA and other NGOs

research in the study area and local villager’s information was taken into consideration while

preparing the list and other parts of the report.

The species specific literatures gathered are as follows:

Aves:

1. Status of avifaunal diversity in saline marsh and swampy habitats of Visakhapatnam

coastal environments in International Journal of Fauna and Biological Studies 2016;

3(5): 01-06

2. Avifauna of Kambalakonda Wildlife Sanctuary, Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh,

India. Indian Birds Vol. 4 No. 5 (September–October 2008)

3. Owls: International Journal of Scientific Research, Volume : 3, Issue : 8

Butterflies: International Journal of Advanced Research (2014), Volume 2, Issue 6, 948-958

Mammals: Mammalian fauna of Narsipatnam forest near Visakhapatnam, Andhra Pradesh. J

Nature Conservator, 14(2)(2002), 191-208

Fishes: Ichthyo Faunal Bio Diversity in the Meghadrigedda Reservoir at Visakhapatnam,

Andhra Pradesh: International Journal of Innovative Research in Science, Engineering and

Technology, Vol. 5, Issue 3, March 2016India Source: DOI:10.15680/

IJIRSET.2016.0503207

Flora: Forest department working plan

The proposed project will be developed within the existing plant and no additional land will

be required. The proposed project falls in 6C – Deccan Peninsula Eastern Highland as per the

Bio-geographic Classification of India and Tropical Savannah Evergreen type as per the

India's Köppen climate classification. The vegetation of the study area falls under 5A:

Southern tropical dry deciduous forests C3: Southern dry mixed deciduous forest; 6A:

Southern tropical thorn forests DS1: Southern thorn scrub, 2S1: Secondary dry deciduous

forest by revised classification of Indian forest types (Champion and Seth, 1968). These types

of forests are seen throughout the Eastern Ghats and few parts of Western Ghats of the

country. The common type of species present in the forested areas is Anacardimum,

Terminalia, Grevia tilifolia, Acacia species.






4.11.2.2. Study Area Ecology

The proposed project locality is 8 km from Gajuwaka town with few residential colonies

surrounded to it. The no national parks or sanctuaries exist in the core and buffer area.

Reserve Forest Vegetation: There are two reserve forests within the study area.

Narava RF is towards West direction at distance of 6.5 km from the project site and

Yerrakonda RF is towards North direction at 9.0 km aerial distance from the project

site. These RFs are on hillocks mainly dominant with dry thorny type and mixed

deciduous type vegetation. Borassus is the predominant patch occurs near the Yarada

beach road. But the open places and plantations of Causarina and Anacardium made

by local communities, nearby industries and forest officials make the environment

green.

Non Forest Vegetation (Road side, Village side etc): In the non-forest area,

different types of vegetation are recorded. Tree species are mostly planted and few are

natural. Trees available in the non-forest area are classified into the following

categories in the study area. These are:

Roadside: Trees planted along the road side. The dominant plant species are

Dalbergia sisoo, Acacia nilotica, Neem, Ficus, Peltophorum, Pongamia pinnata,

Mangifera indica, Borassus etc.

Village woodlot: Naturally growing or planted trees on community /private land.

The dominant plant species are Coconut, Terminalia (Badam), Ficus religiosa,

Banana, Mango, Bamboo, etc.

Pond side vegetation: The dominant floral species near the ponds and seasonal

water bodies are Samania saman, Ipomoea, Typha ungustifolia, Cassia

ungustata, Lantana camera, Asperagus etc.

Cropland Ecosystem: Most of the buffer zone occupies croplands. Paddy is the most

commonly cultivated food crop. The other crops are Ragi, Bajra and Jowar and Cash

Crops such as Sugarcane, Groundnut, Sesamum niger and Chillies. Musa, Coconut, and

Mango trees are also cultivated here.

Ecology of Coromandel unit Area: The proposed unit is within the Coromandel plant

boundary. The preliminary studies reveal that there are more natural as well as planted






species of flora inside Coromandel. The natural species includes Borassus, Neem, Ficus

benghalensis, Ficus microcorpe and more number of climbers and grass species. The shrubs

include Calotropis and Datura stramonium. Ground flora is dominant with common grass

varities. Near the plantation zone, Cressa cretica, Ipomea prescarpe are predominant. These

two speices generally occur near sea shores. Cressa cretica is used as medicinal plant and

cultivated. This species is a perennial halophyte (Hemicryptophyte) that lives in salty oases or

in seasonally wet depressions in wet sandy areas, including such as temporary pools and

marshes. The proposed unit is within the plant and need not to clear any type of vegetation.

Overview of the Area and Plantation Activities Undertaken by Coromandel: Near the

Coromandel entrance more woody species such as Peltoforum, Samania and Delonix which

attract birds and other smaller mammals present. Plantations include Ficus varities,

Parkinsonia, Casuarina, Grevia, Pongamia and Terminalia. The ornamanetal plants

maintained near the Coromandel guest house as well as office premises attracts more

butterfly species. The plantation taken up with the plant unit and near low lying areas is

enhancing the ecological values of the surroundings. The food chain is already building near

Casuarina plantation. The ground flora is also maintained well with typical grass species and

creepers such as Ipomea pres-carpe. Quantification of vegetation in Coromandel is given in

Table 4.27 and Graph Showing IVI Values of the dominant floral species within

Coromandel is given in Figure 4.41

Table 4-27 Quantification of vegetation in the Coromandel

S. No. Scientific Name Rel Density

Rel Frequency

Rel Abundance IVI

1 Acacia auriculiformis 1.59 4.00 2.50 8.09 2 Albizia lebbeck 1.59 4.00 2.50 8.09 3 Azadirachta indica 4.37 6.00 4.59 14.95 4 Bambusa arundinacea 3.17 6.00 3.34 12.51 5 Borassus flabellifer 2.78 4.00 4.38 11.16 6 Casuarina equisetifolia 27.78 10.00 17.52 55.30 7 Dalbergia sissoo 3.97 6.00 4.17 14.14 8 Delonix regia 2.38 4.00 3.75 10.13 9 Eucalyptus globulus 9.13 8.00 7.19 24.32

10 Ficus benghalensis 5.95 10.00 3.75 19.71 11 Ficus microcape 4.76 8.00 3.75 16.52 12 Grewia hirsuta 5.95 6.00 6.26 18.21 13 Peltophorum pterocarpum 10.32 6.00 10.84 27.16 14 Plumeria alba 2.78 2.00 8.76 13.54 15 Polyalthia longifolia 5.95 6.00 6.26 18.21






S. No. Scientific Name Rel Density

Rel Frequency

Rel Abundance IVI

16 Pongamia pinnata 2.78 6.00 2.92 11.70 17 Cocos nucifera 4.76 4.00 7.51 16.27

Figure 4-41 Graph Showing IVI Values of the dominant floral species within Coromandel

As per the above graph and given in Table 4-27, it is very clear that Casuarina and

Peltophorum are predominant within the Coromandel boundary and this may be due to more

plantation works.

Biodiversity Indices


The Shannon indices value is 2.694 indicates good diversity and population of individuals

more and Dominance of the species is 80% and Evenness is upto 87%. Distribution pattern of

species was identified as contiguous/clumped distribution as the value of A/F ratio is 0.128

which is more than 0.050 as per Curtis and Cottam (1956). Contiguous distribution is most

common in where plantation works taken up.

4.11.2.3. Fauna within Coromandel Unit

Within the Coromandel there are several roosting spots for Bats. Certain fruit bats are

observed on the Eucalyptus trees. Palm squirrels are commonly seen near coconut and other

ornamental tree species. There are no indirect evidences of any other higher mammals within






the boundary of Coromandel plant unit. Few reptilian species such as garden lizards, skinks

and frogs and toads are common throughout the plantation area and near open spaces of

guesthouse campus. From the secondary source (local people working in the plant) it is also

revealed that presence of Rat snakes, Cobras and other common green vine snakes exists

here.

Avifaunal diversity: Common bird species such as Green bee eaters, Indian rollers,

Parakeets, White headed babblers, Weaver birds, Mynas, Black drangos, Crows, Sparrows

are sighted here.

Scheduled species: Based on the primary survey as well as literature collected and from local

villagers, it is revealed that there is no Schedule –I species present within the boundary of

Coromandel.

Ecology of Core Zone Habitat: The core zone habitat from Coromandel boundary to 5 sq.

km. Yarada is the main forested area and the rest of this zone comprises industries such as

Visakhapatnam Steel industry, HPCL, BHEL apart from Airport and Marripalem Railway

station. It is very clear that more manmade ecosystem and one RF in this zone.

Vegetation Structure:

Trees: The most common tree species occurring are Pongamia pinnata, Polyalthia

longifolia, Albizia lebbeck, Bauhinia purpurea, Casuarina equisetifolia, Eucalyptus globulus,

Bauhinia purpurea, Plumeria alba, Ficus benghalensis, Azadirachta indica, Phoenix

sylvestris, Alstonia scholaris, Acacia auriculiformis, Pithecellobium dulce, Caesalpinia

pulcherrima, Ficus microcape, Grewia hirsuta, Peltophorum pterocarpum, Anacardium

occidentale and Bambusa arundinacea.

Shrubs: The most common shrubs are Lantana camera, Hyptis suaveolens, Cassia

auriculata, Calotropis procera, Prosopis juliflora, Acacia leucocephala, Catunaregam

spinosa, Caesalpinia bonducella, Canthium parviflorum, Carissa carandas, Capparis

sepiaria, Celastrus paniculata.

Herbs: The most common herbs are Tridax procumbens, Cassia occidentalis, Crotan

bonplantianum, Datura metel, Eclipta alba, Boerhavia diffusa, Tephrocia purpuria,

Achyranthes aspera. Cassia tora, Abutilon indicum Ipomoea macrantha






Climbers: The commonly seen climbers are Capparis horrida Abrus precatorius,

Hemidesmus indicus, Clitoria ternatea, Cuscuta reflexa, Desmodium triflorum, Pergularia

daemia, Desrris scandans, Hemidesmus indicus, Ipomoea pes-caprae, Ipomoea nil, Ipomoea

macrantha, Mucuna pruriens, Evolvulous alsinoides, Gloriosa superba.

Grasses: The common grass species are Chloris barbata, Cyperus castaneus, and Cynodon

dactylon Dactyloctenium aegyptium, Digitaria ciliaris, Eragrostis tenella, Fimbristylis

cymosa, Ilaloipsis binata and Imperata cylindrica.

Quantification of vegetation in the Core zone is given in Table 4.28

Table 4-28 Quantification of vegetation in the Core zone

S.No. Scientific Name Rel Density Rel Frequency

Rel Abundance IVI

1 Alstonia scholaris 1.34 4.29 1.84 7.47 2 Anacardium occidentale 1.79 2.86 3.68 8.33 3 Azadirachta indica 5.80 8.57 3.99 18.36 4 Borassus flabellifer 9.82 5.71 10.13 25.66 5 Caesalpinia pulcherrima 8.04 5.71 8.29 22.04 6 Casuarina equisetifolia 4.91 4.29 6.75 15.95 7 Dalbergia sissoo 6.70 10.00 3.95 20.64 8 Delonix regia 4.02 5.71 4.14 13.88 9 Eucalyptus globulus 2.23 5.71 2.30 10.25

10 Thespesia populnea 7.59 7.14 6.26 20.99 11 Ficus microcape 5.36 5.71 5.52 16.60 12 Grewia hirsuta 8.04 7.14 6.63 21.81 13 Peltophorum pterocarpum 4.46 4.29 6.14 14.89 14 Bauhinia purpurea 14.29 5.71 14.73 34.73 15 Polyalthia longifolia 2.23 2.86 4.60 9.69 16 Pongamia pinnata 7.14 7.14 5.89 20.18 17 Acacia leucophloea 6.25 7.14 5.16 18.55

Figure 4-42 Graph showing IVI Values of the dominant species within Core Zone (Coromandel Boundary to5 Sq.m)






As per the above IVI graph for the core zone, it is very clear that Bauhinia purpurea and

Borassus flabellifer are predominant.

Biodiversity Indices



more and Dominance of the species is 67% and Evenness is up to 93%. Distribution pattern

of species was identified as contiguous/clumped distribution as the value of A/F ratio is 0.62

which is more than 0.050 as per Curtis and Cottam (1956). Contiguous distribution is most

common in where plantation works taken up.

4.11.2.4. Fauna within Core Zone

Within the core zone there common mongoose, Squirrels are sighted apart from few reptilian

species. From the secondary source (local people working in the plant) it is also revealed that

presence of jackals and snakes exists here.

Avifaunal diversity: Common bird species such as Herons, Paddy egrets, Green bee eaters,

Indian rollers, Parakeets, White headed babblers, Weaver birds, Mynas, Black drangos,

Crows, Sparrows are sighted here.

Scheduled species: Based on the primary survey as well as literature collected and from local

villagers, it is revealed that there is no Schedule –I species present within the core zone.

Buffer Zone Habitat: The buffer zone habitat comprises of RFs, coastal ecosystem, waste

land, scrub and rural zone with agricultural land and few settlements. Vegetation is

predominant near RFs and road side. Plantation works taken up by VUDA (Visakhapatnam

Urban Development Authority) and Social forestry division are confined to road side and

near the parks. Some places are far away from the Visakhapatnam city inhabited with natural

forest plantations, wetlands ecosystems. In this zone very common and less conservation

priority animals, birds and other floral species exists. Kambalakonda Wildlife Sanctuary is

adjoining to the buffer zone near Simhachalam. The present study need not to focus on the

impacts of proposed expansion project on Kambalakonda Wildlife Sanctuary ecosystem.






There are no biosphere reserves or national parks or other protected areas within a distance

from 5 to 10 Km from the proposed Coromandel International capacity expansion area

(buffer zone). More than 50% of the terrestrial habitat of the buffer zone is under village

habitats. The dominant vegetation as given Table 4-29 includes Borassus, Coconut, banana,

jack, sapota, mango trees. Teak is the most common cultivated timber plant. Apart from the

above several avenue trees such as Tamarind, Neem, Siris, Rain tree, Gulmohar etc were very

common.

Acacia auriculiformis,Thespesia populnea,,Alstonia scholaris, Anacardium occidentale

Azadirachta indica, Bambusa arundinacea, Bauhinia purpurea, Borassus flabellifer,

Caesalpinia pulcherrima, Casuarina equisetifolia, Gymnosporia spinosa, Dalbergia sissoo,

Delonix regia, Eucalyptus globulus, Acacia pennata, Cassia siamea, Erythroxylon

monogynum, Peltophorum pterocarpum, Phoenix sylvestris, Gmelina arborea, Plumeria

alba, Polyalthia longifolia, Pongamia pinnata, Limonia acidissima, Semecarpus anacardium,

Ailanthus excelsa, Holarrhena antidysenterica, Tecoma stans are most common trees are

found in the buffer area. Annual or seasonal crops are grown in small and isolated places.

Paddy is mainly grown during the rainy season. It occupies nearly half of the croplands of the

buffer zone. Vegetables are common but limited to very small size plots. Floristically the

study area is fairly not very rich. The total recorded flora (from primary as well as secondary

data) from the study area was 298 species as given in Table 4-30. The species recorded in the

core and buffer zones are given in Annexure 20.

In the forested ecosystem lot of variation occur in the Simhachalam RF, Gollapalem RF and

Yarada RFs in particular to vegetation structure. In survey reveals that there are specific

patches for certain species and mass plantations like Casuarina, Cashew, Bamboo, Sissoo,

coconut, mango etc. There are good number of plantations on the road side like Sissoo, Ficus,

Polyalthia longifolia, Peltophorum pterocarpum, Samania saman, Delonix regia, Plumaria

alba, Cassia fistula, Tectona grandis, Terminalia bellirica, and Acacia auriculiformis.

The unique field observation in this study area is the presence of certain very common

species such as Borassus, Pandanus, Coconut and Phoenix dominant throughout the region.

A good number of Butterfly and Dragon fly species are recorded in the wasteland and

agricultural habitats. The larval and nectar host plants are very common here. The specific

observations were also made for the micro habitats. Borassus flabellifer, Ceiba pentandra,

Cocos nucifera, Ficus benghalensis, Ficus religiosa, Ficus racemosa, Mangifera indica,






Prosopis juliflora, Tamarindus indica found near the village premises. The common

ornamental plants and pet animals found throughout the region and listing was not done

where as there is no relation of this data with present study.

4.11.2.5. Fauna in Buffer Zone

Mammals: A list of mammals either spotted during the survey or reported from the study

area is given in Annexure 21. A perusal of the list indicates the absence of any REET species

or species included in Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act of 1972 and the

amendments there of. Certain trees like Ficus racemosa and other large trees were identified

as main nesting and roosting spot for the aves and fruit bats.

Aves: The fauna reported in the study area are mainly avifauna (highest diversity) followed

by mammals and reptiles. The commonly reported avifauna in the study area during primary

survey, with higher diversity are Common crow, Lapwings, bee eaters, baya birds, Myna,

Eagle, Sparrow, Babbler, Pigeon, Cattle Egrets, Red Vented bulbul, Drongo, Sparrow, Indian

Roller etc. During site visit higher frequency of birds recorded in the buffer zone. Near coast

line, common marine birds are sighted which are given in the list. This is mainly due to

availability of nesting habitat, discarded foods from rituals ceremony and fruits bearing trees.

A list of birds either spotted or reported from the study area is presented in Annexure 22.

Herpetofauna: Reptiles and Amphibians included turtles, snakes, and lizards like geckos,

skinks and agamids. Among the reptiles, no REET category has been reported from the

region. There are no Crocodiles in the region. There are no significant places sighted for

nesting ground for any of the sea turtles. A list of herpetofauna either reported or recorded

from the buffer area up to a radius of 10 sq Km are given in Annexure 23.

Invertebrates: Good number of butterfly and Dragonfly species observed here. None of

them are comes under conservation list.

Table 4-29 Quantification of Vegetation in the Buffer Zone

S.No. Botanical Name Rel Density

Rel Frequency

Rel Abundance IVI

1 Acacia auriculiformis 2.10 3.76 1.87 7.73 2 Thespesia populnea 5.61 4.69 3.98 14.28 3 Alstonia scholaris 2.57 2.35 3.65 8.57 4 Anacardium occidentale 4.91 2.82 5.81 13.53 5 Azadirachta indica 3.97 3.76 3.53 11.25 6 Bambusa arundinacea 1.17 2.35 1.66 5.17






S.No. Botanical Name Rel Density

Rel Frequency

Rel Abundance IVI

7 Bauhinia purpurea 4.91 3.76 4.36 13.02 8 Borassus flabellifer 3.04 3.29 3.08 9.41 9 Caesalpinia pulcherrima 2.10 2.35 2.99 7.44 10 Casuarina equisetifolia 3.27 1.41 7.74 12.42 11 Gymnosporia spinosa 2.57 2.82 3.04 8.43 12 Dalbergia sissoo 3.50 4.23 2.77 10.50 13 Delonix regia 3.74 2.82 4.42 10.98 14 Eucalyptus globulus 4.21 3.29 4.27 11.76 15 Acacia pennata 2.10 1.88 3.73 7.71 16 Cassia siamea 3.04 2.82 3.59 9.45 17 Erythroxylon monogynum 3.97 4.23 3.13 11.33 18 Peltophorum pterocarpum 6.07 4.69 4.31 15.08 19 Phoenix sylvestris 2.57 2.82 3.04 8.43 20 Gmelina arborea 2.34 2.82 2.77 7.92 21 Plumeria alba 4.67 5.16 3.02 12.85 22 Polyalthia longifolia 3.74 4.69 2.65 11.09 23 Pongamia pinnata 1.64 2.35 2.32 6.31 24 Limonia acidissima 3.50 4.23 2.77 10.50 25 Semecarpus anacardium 3.50 5.16 2.26 10.93 26 Ailanthus excelsa 2.57 3.76 2.28 8.61 27 Holarrhena antidysenterica 3.97 3.29 4.03 11.29 28 Tecoma stans 4.21 4.69 2.99 11.89 29 Tectona grandis 4.44 3.76 3.94 12.14






As per the above IVI graph for the buffer zone, species diversity and distribution is almost

equal due to presence of RFs.

Biodiversity Indices:



more and Dominance of the species is 37% and Evenness is upto 98%. Distribution pattern of

species was identified as random distribution as A/F ratio is between 0.025 to 0.050.

Random distribution is most common in where RFs are present.

Fauna in buffer zone: Within the buffer zone there common mongoose, Squirrels are

sighted apart from few reptilian species. From the secondary source (local people working in

the plant) it is also revealed that presence of jackals and snakes exists here.

Avifaunal diversity of buffer zone: Common bird species such as Herons, Paddy egrets,

Green bee eaters, Indian rollers, Parakeets, White headed babblers, Weaver birds, Mynas,

Black drangos, Crows, Sparrows are sighted here.

Scheduled species of buffer zone: Based on the primary survey as well as literature

collected and from local villagers, it is revealed that there are no Schedule –I species present

within the core zone.

Figure 4-43 Habitat wise distribution of Flora






4.11.2.6. Floral distribution in Core and Buffer zones

Table 4-30 Status wise (Local status) floral distribution in the study area

Habit Common Sparse Rare Total Trees 69 32 13 114 Shrubs 22 16 7 45 Herbs 39 21 7 67 Climbers 15 6 12 33 Grass 17 3 2 22 Hydrophytes 9 4 4 17 Total 171 82 45 298

Ecosystem wise Floral Distribution

Habitat No. of Species Terrestrial 240 Aquatic 17 Agriculture 22 Plantations 19 Total 298






4.11.3. Identification of local Protected Species

As per Botanical Survey of India records and available published literature pertaining to the

study area and current detailed study of project site, no threatened, endangered and rare plant

species were observed from the study area. The topomap indicating the absence of National

park, Sanctuary, Elephant/Tiger Reserve, Migratory routes/ Wildlife corridor with in 10 km

radius indicates that this region is not ecologically very significant. As per the Indian Wildlife

Protection Act (1972), those animals, which have been enlisted in the schedules of the Act,

have been presented below. The schedules are based on the species namely, rare, endangered,

threatened, vulnerable etc. According to threat of extinction Schedule-I contains those species

which need topmost priority, while II, III, IV and V have lesser degree of threat. Most of the

avi-fauna has been listed in Schedule–IV. As per the list of avi-faunal species, these are

mostly local migrant species only. Photograph showing the various species is given in Figure

4.44 and Photographs showing various floral species in the study area is given in Figure

4.45.

Threatened and Endangered Animal Species

Herpestes javanicus Common Indian Mongoose Part II of Schedule II LC Semnopithecus entellus Deccan Hanuman Langur Part-II of Sch-II LC Chameleo zylanicus Chameleon Sch- II LC Ptyas mucosa Indian Rat Snake Sch- II LC Xenochrophis piscator Checkered Keel back Sch- II LC Varanus bengalensis Indian Monitoring Lizard Sch- II LC Vipera ruselli Russell’s viper Sch- II LC Naja naja Indian Cobra Sch- II LC Ophiophagus hannah King cobra Sch- II LC






Figure 4-44 Photographs Showing various Species

Acridotheres tristis Common Mormon

Pieris rapae Plain tiger

Green bee eater Dendrocitta vagabunda

Plain Orange Tip Common crow






Indian Pioneer Indian Roller

Figure 4-45 Photographs showing various Floral Species in the Study Area

Azadirachta indica Ficus benghalensis

Grewia hirsuta Casuarina equisetifolia






Terminalia catappa Ficus hispida

Thespesia populnea Tectona grandis

Tarenna asiatica Anacardium occidentale

Caesalpinia pulcherrima Grewia tiliifolia






Dodonaea viscosa Carissa spinarum

Barleria prionitis Carissa carandas

Cressa cretica Dactyloctenium aegyptium

4.12. Socioeconomic Environment

4.12.1. Regional Socioeconomic Profile

Visakhapatnam district is an Administrative district in Coastal Andhra region of Andhra

Pradesh, India. Visakhapatnam is the district headquarters. District lies between 17 - 15' and

18 -32' Northern latitude and 18 - 54' and 83 - 30' in Eastern longitude. It is bounded on

the North partly by Orissa State and by Vizianagaram District, on the South by East Godavari






District, on the West by Orissa State and on the East by Bay of Bengal. The district has four

revenue divisions, namely Anakapalli, Paderu, Narsipatnam and Visakhapatnam, each headed

by a sub collector. These revenue divisions are divided into 43 Mandals in the district. This

district consists of 3265 villages and 15 towns including, 1 Municipal Corporation, 2

Municipalities and 12 census towns. Visakhapatnam city is the only municipal corporation

and the 3 municipalities in the district are Anakapalle, Bheemunipatnam and Narsipatnam.

Based on Census 2011 data, the District has a population of 42, 90,589, of which 47.45% was

urbanized. The average population density of the District is about 384 inhabitants per square

kilometer, as against the then Andhra Pradesh State population density of around 308.

The average household size is 4. The District has a sex ratio of 1006 females for 1000 males.

The children sex ratio was found to be about 961. Vulnerable population such as SC and ST

were found to be about 7.67% and 14.4% respectively. The District has a literacy rate of

about 66.91% and the state's average was 67.02%.

Agriculture plays a vital role in the District’s economy with 47.68% of the total workers

involved in agriculture activity. Rice is a staple food of the people and Paddy is therefore the

principal food crop of the district followed by Ragi, Bajra and Jowar and Cash Crops such as

Sugarcane, Groundnut, Sesamum Niger and Chillies are important. The rate of crop intensity

in this area is 123.9%. Among the total land area cultivated about 33.07% of the land only

irrigated. The major sources of irrigation in the district are through canals, Tanks, Bore wells,

etc.

Industrial Development is conspicuous in Visakhapatnam urban agglomeration with the large

scale industries like Hindustan Shipyard, Hindustan Petroleum Corporation, Coromandel

International, Bharat Heavy Plates and Vessels, L.G.Polymers Ltd., Hindustan Zinc Plant (

currently not in operation) and the recent giant Visakhapatnam Steel Plant and a host of other

ancillary Industries. The Visakhapatnam Steel Plant is the biggest with an authorized share

capital of Rs.7466 crores with a licensed capacity of 2.8 Million Tonnes of saleable steel 3.0

Million Tonnes of Pig Iron and 8.32 lakhs Tonnes of By product. About 25,000 persons

expected to be employed. The project has provided employment to 16300 persons. On the

country side the agro based industries like Sugar Factories, Jute Mills and Rice Mills are

there besides brick and tile units. The District has 1063 registered factories under factories

Act functioning with a working force of about 77203 persons during 2006-2007.






Fishing is another important economic activity of the fishermen population living in about 59

fishery villages and hamlets on coastline stretching to a length of 132 KMs. covering 11

coastal Mandals. About 13,000 fishermen families depends for their livelihood from marine,

Inland and brakish water fishing besides catching fish living around Thandava and Raiwada

reservoirs. Although considered to be an industrial city, Vizag has a rich and vibrant culture

and heritage.

In terms of facilities, the District has 3382 primary schools, 797 middle schools, 706 High

School & Higher Secondary schools and 115 colleges. Government health facilities such as

11 Allopathic Hospitals, 37 Ayurvedic Hospitals, 3 Community Health Centre, 76 primary

health centres, 37 Dispensaries, 11 Primary Health Sub-Centres are available in the district.

4.12.2. Socioeconomic Profile of Study Area

4.12.2.1. Demographic Profile

The population in the study area is studied using the 2011 census. The total households in the

study area are 3, 42,870 with a total population of 13, 51,269. The sex ratio in the study area

was 975 females for 1000 Males. The children population was about 1, 25,997. The children

sex ratio was 943 which is very less when compared with the general population sex ratio.

The ratio of urban and rural population in the study area is 100:0 respectively. The project

site is within the Visakhapatnam City. Vulnerable population generally indicates the

population of Scheduled Caste (SC) and Scheduled Tribes (ST). Largest Scheduled Castes

found in the district are Mala, Madiga, Adi Andhra, etc and largest Scheduled Tribes are

Kondareddis, Koya, Kammara, etc. The SC population in study area seems to be 8.9% to the

total population. The ST population is very less when compared with SC population. The

percentage of ST population is 1.2%. Ward Wise Demographic details are presented in

Annexure 24.

4.12.2.2. Workers Group Distribution

The total working population in the study area is 4,74,639. The percentage of working

population is about 35.1% as against the district’s level of 44.04%. 86% of the working

population is main workers and this shows the improved life style of the people as they are

employed for more than 6 months in a year. In the study area only about 2.9% of the total

working population is engaged in agricultural activity. The agricultural workers are sub-

grouped into Cultivators and Agricultural Labours. In which were cultivators and 63.3% were






Agricultural Labours. Household Industry relates to production, processing, servicing,

repairing or making and selling of goods. Other workers are all workers who have been

engaged in some economic activity like employed in industries, fishing activity, wagers,

construction workers, etc., but are not cultivators or agricultural labourers or Household

Industry. The percentage of Household and Other workers group were 2.8% and 94.4%

respectively. The rate of other workers group was higher in the study area due to the location

of the project site in mid of industrial area and Visakhapatnam City. Ward Wise Workers

Group Distribution details are presented in Annexure 25.

4.12.2.3. Per-capita Income and Population below Poverty Line

Per-capita income of the Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation at 2004-05 constant prices

was about 50,580 and for the State (urban) it was around 33,350. With respect to population

below poverty line was about 6.35% (Ref-8).

4.12.2.4. Health Indicators

The District health indicators based on DLHS - 4 are as follows. of the households are having

access to safe drinking water facility and only are accessed to sanitation facilities.

Institutional Birth Rate in the district was about 80.3%, with respect to state the rate was

88.5%. The rate of children between 12 to 23 months availing full immunization was 65%

whereas the state’s rate was 60.9%. The mean age at marriage for girls is 20.1 and for boys

its 25 years. 15.4% of the men and 5.4% of women in the district use tobacco and 38.6% and

3.5% of men and women consumed alcohol

4.12.2.5. Education Indicators

In the study area about 82.8% of the total populations are literates, which is more than the

national literacy rate of 64.8% and state’s literacy rate of 67.02%. In the district 69.4% of the

children (aged 7plus) are literate (Ref-9). The Ward wise literacy pattern is shown in the

Annexure 26.

4.12.3. Historical Important Places in the study Area

The following Table 4.31 are the list of Historical important place listed by Archaeological

Survey of India around the study area. None of the places listed are within 10km of the 8 - India Smart City Profile - smartcities.gov.in/writereaddata/CitiesProfile/AndraPradesh_Vishakhapatnam.pdf dtd.16-08-2016 9 District Level Household Survey (DLHS -4)






project site.

Table 4-31 Historical Important Places in the study area

S. No. Name of the Monument / Site Location District

1 Ancient Buddhist Mounds locally known as 'Dhana Dibbalu

Kotturu(near Gokivada forest) Vishakhapatnam

2

Buddhist rock-cut stupas, Dagabas and caves and the ruins of a structural Chaitya with its outbuilding and other Ancient remains on two adjoining hills known as Bojjanna Konda.

Sankaram Vishakhapatnam

4.12.4. Summary Socioeconomic Indicators of the Study area compared to State

Indicators

Table 4-32 Summary Socioeconomic Indicators of the Study Area S. No. Particulars Study Area State

1 Study Area – Districts / State Visakhapatnam District Andhra Pradesh

2 Number of Villages/Towns in the Study Area 58 GVMC Wards -

3 Total Households 3,42,870 2,10,22,588 4 Total Population 13,51,269 8,45,80,777 5 Sex Ratio 975 993 6 Children Population (<6 Years Old) 1,25,997 91,42,802 7 Children Sex Ratio 943 939 8 Urban Rural Ratio 100:0 33:67 9 SC Population 8.9% 16.4%

10 ST Population 1.2% 6.99% 11 Total Working Population 35.1% 46.6% 12 Main Workers 86% 83.80% 13 Marginal Workers 14% 16.19% 14 People Involved in Agriculture 2.9% 59.50% 15 Agriculture - Cultivators 36.7% 27.67% 16 Household Industries 2.8% 3.65% 17 Other Workers 94.4% 36.84% 18 BPL Households 6.35%(Urban) 21.1% 19 Institutional Birth Rate 80.3% 88.5 20 Childhood Immunization 65% 60.9 21 Drinking Water Facilities 95.7% 22 Sanitation Facilities 57.4% 30.86% 23 Literates 82.8% 67.02%






5. Assessment of Environmental Impacts 5.1. General

The chapter presents identification and appraisal of various impacts due to the proposed

project during construction and operational phases. Unlike Greenfield projects, the proposed

project will be developed within the existing facility and no additional land will be acquired

for the proposed project. The environmental impacts can be categorized as primary and

secondary. Primary impacts are those, which are attributed directly to the project and

secondary impacts are those, which are indirectly induced and typically include the

associated investment and changed pattern of social and economic activities by the proposed

action.

5.2. Impacts during Construction Phase

Unlike Greenfield projects, the proposed project will be limited to minor construction

activities such as earth work, foundations and flooring etc. Most of the construction works

will be of structural steel work such as erection and welding. Construction related

environmental impacts will be limited to plant site which are reversible in nature. An outline

of the various construction phase impacts and mitigation plans are depicted in this subjection.

5.2.1. Impact on Land Use Scenario

The total land area of the existing plant is 436 acres. The construction activities of new

project will not necessitate any land acquisition. Hence, Rehabilitation and Resettlement

(R&R) aspects are not applicable. There are no natural streams passing through the existing

plant. The proposed project layout and construction activities will be designed to ensure that

existing storm water drains are undisturbed. The proposed project will not disturb any

greenbelt and plantation area in the existing facility and hence the ecological and biological

environment at the existing facility will not be altered. Due to prior industrialization in the

Visakhapatnam Port Trust area and harbour region, the rural neighbourhood of the existing

facility has been upgraded into urban environment in the past decade and continued

urbanization could be envisaged, however the proposed project activities will not have any

major impact on the urbanization due to the fact that the overall production capacity of the

plant will remain the same. Therefore the possible induced growth due to the proposed

project will be less significant in the area.






5.2.2. Impact on Soil and Ground Water Quality during Construction Phase

The land identified for the proposed expansion project is a plain land within the existing

facility and hence cutting of trees and demolition of structures are not envisaged. Small

quantities of top soil to the tune of 2000 m3 will be generated during the construction phase

during the foundation works. This soil will be utilized for filling the low lying areas in the

plantation area and other parts of the vacant area.

Since the power required for the construction activities will be sourced from the existing

facility, no onsite temporary DG sets are proposed to be deployed during the construction

phase. Similarly storage of diesel and fuels near the constructions sites is not envisaged.

Therefore the possibility of soil and ground water contamination during construction phase is

not envisaged.

The spent paints and used paint cans etc if any will be collected and stored in the existing

dedicated hazardous waste storage and area for further disposal to authorized recyclers.

It has been estimated that about 50 m3/day of water would be required for civil construction

activities during the construction phase. The existing toilet facilities of plant will be made

available for the construction workers. Hence no temporary toilets and sewage treatment

systems near the construction activities will be required. The water required for the

construction activities will be sourced from existing facility and ground water extraction will

not be adopted.

5.2.3. Impact on Air Quality

The sources of emission during the construction period will be of exhaust emissions from the

construction trucks and diesel operated construction machinery. In addition, there could be a

possibility of generation of fugitive dust emissions due to movement of construction vehicles

on the internal roads. As indicated earlier, the removal and excavation of soil from the

construction site is limited and hence about 100 to 200 truck trips in a span of 5 months are

expected. The management of Coromandel International Limited has proposed to adopt water

sprinkling on the roads and inside the plant for avoiding any generation of fugitive emissions.

Since the excavated top soil will be utilized within the existing facility, the possibility of air

quality impacts outside the plant facility will be insignificant. Compliance with vehicular

emission standards will be made a mandatory requirement for all contractors working at site






during the construction phase. Deployment of onsite DG sets is not envisaged during the

construction phase and hence diesel engine emissions are not envisaged.

5.2.4. Impact on Noise Levels

The major sources of noise during the construction phase are vehicular traffic, construction

machinery. As indicated in earlier subsection, the number of vehicles expected to ply on the

internal roads will be limited to 15 to 20 trucks per day. Hence, the possible additional

impacts due to construction phase will be insignificant. The existing green cover all around

the periphery of the existing plant, will further attenuate noise emissions from the

construction activities. Deployment of high noise generating equipment such as drilling,

concrete cutting and demolition are not envisaged.

5.2.5. Impact on Terrestrial Ecology

Cutting of trees and plants is not envisaged in the existing facility during the construction

phase. Coromandel International Limited, Visakhapatnam has developed green cover in an

area of 145 Acres in the existing facility, which is fully developed and has been supporting a

diversified eco-system.

5.2.6. Socio-Economic Aspects

Since the proposed project will be developed in the existing premises, rehabilitation and

resettlement aspects are not applicable under Land Act. The proposed project will generate

direct employment of 100 people and indirect employment of 175 people resulting into

overall employment potential of 275 people.

5.3. Impacts during Operational Phase

5.3.1. Overview

As indicated in section 3 of this report, the proposed project is associated with the following

air quality management aspects during the operational phase of the facility:

Increase in SO2 emissions from SAP

Controlled PM, SO2 and NOx emissions from proposed FBC boiler

Fugitive dust emissions due to storage and handling of coal

Noise emissions from the proposed coal fired boiler pumps and fans






Marginal increase in fresh water consumption and also sea water (once through

cooling system)

Since the proposed project adopts recycling of treated wastewater, no further increase

in discharge of treated wastewater beyond the existing consented/permitted quantities

is envisaged.

However marginal increase in sea water (cooling water) discharge quantity into the

existing industrial drain leading to sea is envisaged due to increase in once through

cooling demand in the plant. However discharge temperature will be maintained ±5

Degrees Celsius from the ambient temperature.

Marginal increase in gypsum generation from the PAP plant due to production of

additional PA in the system is envisaged.

Small quantities of fly ash from the proposed 40 TPH imported coal fired boiler is

envisaged

The above project aspects were studied to assess the possible impacts on the valued eco-

system such as air, water, soil, ecology and community.

5.3.2. Impact on Air Quality- Point Source Emissions

The criteria pollutants of concern for the project are Particulate Matter (PM) emissions,

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) from the proposed 40 TPH coal fired

boiler. Other emission sources in the process units are marginal increase in SO2 emissions

from the SAP 1 and SAP 2 units, acid fumes from and SiF4 emissions from the proposed PAP

unit. Apart from the above emission sources, controlled emissions from the proposed rock

phosphate crushing unit are also envisaged.

5.3.2.1.Particulate Matter Emissions

The particulate matter emissions due to the proposed up-gradation project are envisaged from

the coal fired boiler. Based on the preliminary information provided in the project report, it

has been estimated that about 168 TPD of imported coal will be used in proposed coal fired

boiler to generate the required steam. High efficiency Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) will be

installed to maintain the particulate matter emissions below 50 mg/Nm3 as against the

stipulated standards of 100 mg/Nm3 for boilers. Hence the controlled particulate matter

emissions from the stack connected to the proposed coal fired boiler having a flue gas

quantity of about 67,000 Nm3/hr will be in the order of 0.93 g/sec (3.4 Kg/hr).






Small quantity of dust emissions will be released from the rock phosphate storage, handling

and grinding area. It has been proposed to store the rock phosphate in a closed shed and

necessary de-dusting system will be installed at all transfer points for the control of dust

emissions. Bag filter will be installed in the rock grinding section and particulate matter will

be maintained below 50 mg/Nm3. Considering the air volumes for bag filter in rock grinding

section as 15000 Nm3/hr, the estimated PM emissions will be insignificant (~0.75Kg/hr). The

dust thus collected from the bag filter will be reused in the process. Since these emissions are

non-buoyant type, deposition of controlled dust levels will occur within 50 to 100m from the

sources (within the plant area) and hence the relative contribution to the overall background

ambient air quality levels due to these emissions will be far below any measurable quantities.

Gypsum generated from the phosphoric acid plant is transported through a closed conveyer

and stored at the Gypsum storage yard. Since the gypsum contains very high level of

moisture to the tune of 15 to 20% w/w, the possibility of fugitive dust emissions due to

handling of Gypsum is not envisaged. However the dried gypsum form the gypsum storage

pond may be subjected to wind erosion that can lead to marginal increase of dust emissions.

The management of Coromandel is ensuring that all the gypsum carrying trucks are covered

with tarpaulins to avoid windborne dust emissions. The measured ambient air quality at the

plant site during the study period and also the long term air quality of the plant records

reconfirm that the ambient concentrations of particulate matter are well within the NAAQs.

This aspect clearly indicates that the impacts due to handling of gypsum at the existing

facility are less significant. However as per the specific condition of the TOR issued by

MoEF & CC, Coromandel proposes to provide a suitably designed wind barrier system at the

gypsum unloading area along with the southern and western side of the existing gypsum

storage facility, as the annual windrose diagram indicates that the winds are predominantly

blowing from South West to North-East direction.

5.3.2.2.Sulphur Dioxide Emission and its Control

SO2 Emissions from SAP plant and its control: Due to the capacity augmentation as per

the existing consent norms, it is envisaged that about 365 Kg/day of additional SO2 emissions

will be generated from the existing SAP 1 and SAP 2 together, which is 22% rise from the

current SAP plant emissions. It has been proposed to upgrade the existing scrubbers in the

respective SAP units to accommodate increased SO2 emissions and also gas volumes. The

average concentration of the SO2 at the inlet of the SAP-1 and SAP-2 scrubbers will be in the






order of 650 mg/Nm3 and 330 mg/Nm3 as against the scrubber outlet level of 350 mg/Nm3

and 150 mg/Nm3 respectively, thereby achieving more than 50% reduction across the

scrubber system. The caustic consumption in the existing scrubbers will increase from current

level of 700 Kg/day to 900 Kg/day during the post project scenario. Based on the revamps,

the additional load of SO2 will be confined mostly to the plant area. Also as per the indicative

data of AAQM’s, the levels are maintained within the NAAQS.

SO2 Emissions from Proposed Coal Fired Boiler: The additional steam requirement will be

met by proposed coal fired boiler whereas the exiting LSHS boilers will be kept in standby

mode. Published international data on the coal quality indicated that Sulfur content in the

Indonesian coal was reported to be in the range of 0.1% to 0.7% w/w. It can be noted that the

peak uncontrolled SO2 emissions from the proposed coal fired boiler will be in the order of

2370 Kg/day. It is proposed to add limestone in the FBC boiler along with coal to control the

SO2 emissions by about 50% absorption, to a level of 1188 Kg/day.

Proposed dry lime addition based coal fired boiler: Ground lime stone will be blended

with coal in the ration of 2 to 3 Ca/S ratio to capture the sulfur dioxide emissions. In this lime

stone blending process, Sulphur dioxide will be converted into calcium sulphite (CaSO3) and

calcium sulphate (CaSO4), and the same along with the fly ash will be collected in the

electrostatic precipitator (ESP). The ESP will be designed for a maximum gas flows and

particulate matter emission load from the boiler.

The limestone preparation system grinds and dries raw limestone and pneumatically

transports it to the limestone storage silo. The limestone grinding system consists of rod

mills with accessories. The mills will be sized for grinding limestone at a maximum feed size

of 1 inch to a product size of -200 mesh meeting the FBC boiler desired product distribution

curve, with a residual moisture content of 1% maximum. Raw limestone from limestone

conveyors feeds through a double flap valve into each impactor/dryer mill. The limestone

discharges from the mill shell peripheral discharge openings through one of the trickle valve

airlocks to an elevating belt conveyor. Most of the ground limestone goes to two vibrating

screens where it is sized. The oversized material from the screens goes back to the mill. A

portion of the ground limestone is carried to the dust collector. The major portion of the

product comes from the undersize of the screens while a small fraction comes from the dust

collector. These two product streams are collected and sent to the storage silo as product for

feeding to the FBC boiler. The limestone preparation building is an enclosed structure with






siding. The building includes multi-levels for supporting equipment and access, personnel

doors, equipment access doors, and a ventilation system. Three pneumatic transfer systems

are provided to convey the prepared limestone from the preparation building to the unit’s silo.

Each silo has a bin vent filter to control dust emissions. Two compressors are provided for

the dust collection system for fabric filter cleaning and instrumentation air requirements.

Limestone along with the coal will be fed to the FBC boiler for further combustion. The

entire operation is controlled through a PLC system for achieving effective blending ratios as

per the requirements of the desulfurization needs.

Figure 5-1 Typical Illustrtaion of FBC Boiler with Coal and limestone addition System






Although the minimum stack height required for the proposed boiler as per the CPCB

guidelines will be in the order of 45 m (based on controlled SO2 emissions), Coromandel has

proposed to install 56m height stack based on the recommendations of the design consultants

to facilitate required draft.

Due to installation of proposed FBC boiler and keeping the existing two LSHS fired boilers

on stand-by mode, the SO2 emissions from steam generating units will be reduced from the

current levels of about 3400 Kg/day to as low as 1188 Kg/day during the post project

scenario.

Hence the overall SO2 emissions from the plant will be reduced from the current consented

value of about 5000 Kg/day to 3150 Kg/day during the post project scenario.

The summary of the total SO2 emissions in the pre and post project scenario is presented in

Table 5.1.

Table 5-1 Sulphur-di-Oxide Emissions

S. No. Particulars Units Current Scenario Post Project Proposed

1. SAP 1 Kg/day 1400 1700 2. SAP 2 Kg/day 195 260 3. LSHS Boiler 1 Kg/day 1327 Standby 4. LSHS Boiler 2 Kg/day 2054 Standby 5. Coal Fired boiler Kg/day Nil 2377

(uncontrolled) 1188






S. No. Particulars Units Current Scenario Post Project Proposed

(@ 50% controlled due to addition of

limestone) Total 4976 3148

5.3.2.3.Oxides of Nitrogen Emissions from proposed FBC Boiler

Combustion units generate nitrogen compounds (nitrogen oxides NOx) and of these

compounds the most important are nitrogen monoxide (NO) and nitrogen dioxide (NO2).

Generally NOx emissions consist of 95% NO and 5% of NO2. NO and NO2 emissions have

similar environmental effects because in the atmosphere most of the NO will oxidize to NO2

in a relatively short time. Important factors that affect formation of NOx emissions in

fluidized bed combustion are quality of fuel, furnace temperature and air factor. The NOX

emissions are envisaged from coal fired boiler. As per the AP42 emission factors published

by United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), about 2.2 kg of uncontrolled

NOX emissions would be generated per T of coal fired in the FBC boiler when compared with

that of 3.5 Kg/T of coal in pulverized coal fired boilers. Based on this information, it can be

estimated that about 4.38 g/s (15.7 Kg/hr) of NOX emissions would be released from the

proposed coal fired FBC boiler when operated at full load.

5.3.2.4.Prediction of Ground Level Concentrations of Criteria Pollutants

Although the overall SO2 emissions from the facility will be reduced from the consented

levels, an attempt was made to predict the likely impacts (predicted ground level

concentrations) of Particulate matter, SO2 and NOx from the proposed SAP upgrades and

new coal fired boiler. The inputs for the air quality dispersion modelling are summarized in

Table 5.2. Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out by employing

mathematical model based on a steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion Model designed for

multiple point sources for short term. In the present case, AERMOMD dispersion model,

designed for multiple point sources for short term and developed by United States

Environmental Protection Agency [USEPA] has been used for simulations from point

sources. The model simulations deal with dispersion of three major pollutants viz., Sulphur

Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) and Particulate Matter (PM) emitted from the

stacks.






Coromandel has proposed to install a fluorine removal system in the proposed PAP plant.

The envisaged SiF4 emissions from the proposed PAP scrubber will be in the order of 0.3

Kg/hr. Since SiF4 is highly unstable compound and also being a dense gas, dispersion of SiF4

emissions from the PAP scrubber stack will be deposited within 10 to 50m from the scrubber

stack. Hence the impacts on the neighboring environment will be insignificant. Therefore no

further air quality modeling was undertaken for the controlled SiF4 emissions.

Table 5-2 Air Quality Modelling Inputs

Emission source Units SAP1 SAP2 Proposed Coal Fired Boiler

Quantity of Coal utilised MTPD - - 168 Sulphur content in the Coal % - - 0.7 SO2 emissions as per Existing EC/Consent

Kg/day 1400 195 -

SO2 emissions - Post Project Scenario Kg/day 1700 260

1188 (Controlled by 50%

absorption by addition of lime stone)

Increment in SO2 emissions g/s 3.47 0.75 13.76 Increment in NOX emissions g/s - - 4.38 Increment in Particulate Matter emissions g/s - - 0.93

Stack Height m 63 50 56 Stack tip Diameter m 2.0 1.5 3.5 Flue gas temperature C 65 63 130 Existing Stack Flue Gas Quantity Nm3/hr 95000 25000 - Post Project Stack Flue Gas Quantity Nm3/hr 115357 33333 67200

Existing Stack Flue Gas velocity m/s 10.6 4.8 - Post Project Stack Flue Gas velocity m/s 12.9 6.5 2.4

5.3.2.5.Prediction of Air Quality Impacts - Particulate Matter (PM)

The peak predicted 24 hrs GLC of particulate matter is in the order of 1.77 µg/m3 and such

concentrations may occur at a distance of 100 m from the plant boundary. The concentrations

were found to get diluted rapidly within 1km from the plant boundary and diminished to

insignificant raise. The envisaged resulting concentrations during post project in the down-

wind settlements will be in the range of 62.45µg/m3 to 89.10µg/m3. Thus the envisaged

pollutant concentrations are below the prescribed NAAQ standards which are presented in






Table 5.3. The isopleths illustrating the dispersion phenomenon of particulate matter is

shown in Figure 5.2.

Table 5-3 Estimated Resultant GLC’s of Particulate Matter

Code Station Direction with respective to the plant site

Aerial Distance

from Stack (in km)

Particulate Matter (PM) (µg/m3)

GLCs Average Baseline

concentration

Post project concentration

AAQ1 Mulagada West 0.71 0.45 62 62.45 AAQ2 Sriharipuram South 1 0.26 65 65.26 AAQ3 Gnanapuram Northeast 6.3 0.10 89 89.10 AAQ4 Plant site - - 1.33 63 64.33 AAQ5 Gajuwaka Southwest 4.2 0.02 82 82.02 AAQ6 Gantyada Southwest 3.3 0.15 71 71.15 AAQ7 Marripalem East 4.8 0.10 72 72.10 AAQ8 Malkapuram Southeast 2.4 0.08 66 66.08

5.3.2.6.Prediction of Air Quality Impacts – Sulfur Dioxide

The peak predicted 24 hrs GLC of sulphur dioxide will be in the order of 28.2 µg/m3 and

such concentrations may occur within the plant boundary. The concentrations were found to

get diluted rapidly. The envisaged resulting concentrations during post project in the down-

wind villages will be in the range of 12.4 µg/m3 to 42.9 µg/m3. Thus the envisaged pollutant

concentrations are below the prescribed NAAQ standards which are presented in Table 5.4.

The isopleths illustrating the dispersion phenomenon of particulate matter is shown in Figure

5.3.






Table 5-4 Estimated Resultant GLC’s Sulphur Dioxide

Code Station Direction with

respective to the plant site

Aerial Distance

from Stack (in km)

Sulphur dioxide (SO2) (µg/m3)


concentration


AAQ1 Mulagada West 0.71 8.0 10.7 18.7 AAQ2 Sriharipuram South 1 6.6 12.1 18.7 AAQ3 Gnanapuram Northeast 6.3 1.1 11.3 12.4 AAQ4 Plant site - - 28.2 14.7 42.9 AAQ5 Gajuwaka Southwest 4.2 0.43 12.4 12.83 AAQ6 Gantyada Southwest 3.3 2.9 12.1 15 AAQ7 Marripalem East 4.8 1.8 10.7 12.5 AAQ8 Malkapuram Southeast 2.4 1.7 12.2 13.9

5.3.2.7.Prediction of Air Quality Impacts – Oxides of Nitrogen

The peak predicted 24 hrs GLC of oxides of Nitrogen will be in the order of 8.3 µg/m3 and

such concentrations may occur within the plant boundary. The concentrations were found to

get diluted rapidly. The envisaged resulting concentrations during post project in the down-

wind villages will be in the range of 11.77µg/m3 to 19.11µg/m3. Thus the envisaged pollutant

concentrations are below the prescribed NAAQ standards which are presented in Table 5.5.

The isopleths illustrating the dispersion phenomenon of particulate matter is shown in Figure

5.4.

Table 5-5 Estimated Resultant GLC’s of Oxides of Nitrogen

Code Station Direction with respective to the plant site

Aerial Distance

from Stack (in km)

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX) (µg/m3)


concentration


AAQ1 Mulagada West 0.71 1.60 14.9 16.50 AAQ2 Sriharipuram South 1 0.83 17.1 17.93 AAQ3 Gnanapuram Northeast 6.3 0.44 22.9 23.34 AAQ4 Plant site - - 8.06 21.5 29.56 AAQ5 Gajuwaka Southwest 4.2 0.13 19.4 19.53 AAQ6 Gantyada Southwest 3.3 0.82 18.8 19.62 AAQ7 Marripalem East 4.8 0.44 17.6 18.04 AAQ8 Malkapuram Southeast 2.4 0.38 17.9 18.28






Figure 5-2 Predicted 24-Hrs Avg. GLC’s of Particulate Matter within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

5 Km






Figure 5-3 Predicted 24 hrs Avg. GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km radius of the Study area

5 Km






Figure 5-4 Predicted 24-Hrs GLC’s Avg. of NOX within 10 km Radius of the Study Area

5 Km Radius






5.3.2.8.Summary of the Air Quality Modeling Results

Based on the findings of the detailed air quality modeling exercise, it has been inferred that

the resultant cumulative concentration at around 10 Kms radius distance from proposed

project will comply with the NAAQ Standards. Since there are no ecologically sensitive

locations present around the proposed Project site, environmental risks due to release of

emissions from the proposed process units will be insignificant. The summary of the

predicted GLC’s is predicted in Table 5.6.

Table 5-6 Summary of the predicted GLCs

Parameter Peak Average Baseline concentration (µg/m3)

Peak Predicted GLCs (µg/m3)

Envisaged Peak Resultant concentration

(µg/m3) PM10 89 1.72 90.72 SO2 14.7 28.2 42.9 NOX 22.9 8.06 30.96

5.3.3. Fugitive Emissions

Fugitive emissions are defined as irregular and nonpoint source emissions that would be

generated either from process operations or bulk material handling facilities. In the proposed

project, the fugitive emissions may be released due to handling of imported coal at the coal

stock-yard. It has been proposed to store the coal in a covered sheds with ventilation system

with dust collectors. In addition, water sprinklers will be installed in the coal yard to control

the fugitive dust emissions. Thus the air quality impacts due to handling of coal at the facility

will be insignificant.

Figure 5-5 Typical Design of Coal Storage Shed






For illustration Purpose only

5.3.4. Vehicular Traffic and associated Impacts

The traffic involved in the fertilizer plant is mainly due the transportation of raw materials,

products and gypsum. During the post project scenario criteria increase in truck traffic will

increase due to receipt of coal and also disposal of fly ash and additional gypsum generated

from the facility. The total number of transport trucks/vehicles associated after implementing

the proposed project is about 896 per day as against the current traffic of 742 per day. The

existing and proposed inventory details and the traffic are presented in Table 5.6. The

existing connecting roads and internal roads in the plant are assessed based on the carrying

capacity and presented in the Table 5.7 and it is found to be well within the service design

traffic volume.

Table 5-7 Existing and Proposed Traffic Details

Inventory Units Existing Proposed Total SA to be received by Truck TPD 1200 1700 Total SA to be received by Pipeline TPD Nil Nil Total SA Trucks @12T capacity per day 100 142 Total PA to be received by Truck TPD 300 Nil Total PA to be received by Pipeline TPD Nil Nil Total PA Trucks @12T capacity per day 25 Nil Total Gypsum disposal TPD 3500 5000 Total Gypsum trucks @12T capacity per day 292 417 Total Finished Product Transport TPD 3900 3900 Total Trucks @12T capacity per day 325 325






Total Coal to be received TPD Nil 170 Total Trucks @20T capacity per day Nil 9 Fly Ash disposal TPD Nil 20 Total Tractors @5T capacity per day Nil 4 Total Vehicles per day 742 896

Table 5-8 Carrying capacity of the Connecting Road

Particulars Existing Proposed Number of Trucks 742 892 PCU Conversion factor for trucks 3.1 3.1 Number of Tractors - 4 PCU Conversion factor for Tractors 1.55 1.55 Total Number of PCU’s 2300 2770 Design Volume of Four Lane Road as per IRC 64:1990

2900 2900

Figure 5-6 Layout Showing the Existing Roads Used for Material Transport by the Existing Facility






5.3.5. Noise Emissions and Compliance Status

The major noise emitting sources at the proposed project site are boiler fans and rock

phosphate grinding unit. Boiler fans are maintained in a good condition and proper acoustics

are provided to comply with the standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board

(CPCB). Enclosures will be provided to attenuate noise emissions from the source. A noise

level reduction can be expected due to the enclosure provided for rock phosphate grinding

unit. Considering the reduction of 10 dB (A) - 20 dB (A) the overall noise levels around the

unit will be less than the permissible limit of 85 dB (A).

Table 5-9 Envisaged Equipment Noise Levels (Sound Pressure Levels)

Parameter 1m from the Source dB(A) Outside the Room dB(A)

Coal Fired Boiler fan 85 85 Rock Phosphate Grinding Unit 95 75

According to the environmental regulations, industrial facilities should adopt sound noise

abatement and control program to meet the following criteria. Sound pressure levels at the

property boundary should be less than 75 dB (A) during daytime hours and 70 dB (A) during

night time hours. Noise levels near the work-zone areas should comply with a maximum

permissible level of 85 dB (A). As a part of this EIA study, a noise propagation modeling was

undertaken to establish the abated noise levels at the facility boundary. Noise propagation

from proposed coal fired boiler and gypsum grinding unit have been modeled based on the

international outdoor noise propagation standards.

ISO 9613-1:1996 Acoustics- attenuation of sound during propagation outdoors- Part 1:

Calculation of the absorption of sound by the atmosphere

ISO 9613-2:1996 Acoustics- attenuation of sound during propagation outdoors- Part 2:

General method of calculation

Noise propagation software model, Noise Sim Version 2.1 has been used for estimating the

sound pressure levels due to cumulative dispersion of noise emissions from the designated

sources.

Predicted sound pressure levels in around the proposed plant due to operation of the facility

are presented in Figure 5.1. It can be inferred from the modeled data that the increment in

sound pressure levels at the facility boundary will be below 40 dB (A), which is well within






the stipulated threshold noise level of 75 dB (A) for industrial areas. Noise levels outside the

facility boundary will be further attenuated due to the proposed green belt all along the plant

boundary. Based on this noise modelling analysis, it has been concluded that the additional

noise emissions from the proposed project is insignificant and well within the standards

prescribed by the CPCB.

Figure 5-7 Predicted Noise Levels

5.3.6. Fresh Water Demand

The consumption of fresh water in the fertilizer plant is in sulphuric acid plant, phosphoric

acid plant, complex fertilizer unit, and other utility areas including domestic purpose. Total

water consumption in the existing facility was reported to be 8,700 m3/day as against the

permitted water allocation quantity of 9092 m3/day. Fresh water required for the facility is

being sourced from Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation (GVMC). The total fresh

water demand during the post project scenario will be increased to a peak level of 12,400

m3/day. Coromandel has approached GVMC for additional water allocation to the tune of

3300 m3/day and copy of the request letter is presented in Annexure 27. As indicated in the

previous sections, Coromandel has already adopted best management and engineering

practices such as recycling of treated wastewater and adopting once sea water through

cooling system etc to achieve specific water consumption of 3 m3/MT of product against the

industry benchmark level of 4 m3/MT.






Two separate scenarios were studied for depicting the peak fresh water consumption and also

peak wastewater generation. Peak fresh water consumption is envisaged when the facility is

operated at full capacity and when all process units (SAP, PAP and granulation units). Under

such scenario, fresh water demand will increase from the current level of 8,700 m3/day to

12,000 m3/day. Peak wastewater generation is envisaged when the individual process units

are operated at partial loads. This is primarily due to limited opportunities to recycle the

treated wastewater in the main plant operations during partial load conditions. Water balance

in facility for the existing facility for the normal operations and partial load operations are

presented in Table 5.10, whereas Table 5.11 represents the water balance for the post project

scenarios. Summary of the water balance for pre and post project scenario is presented in

Table 5.12.

It can be inferred from the water balance data that the peak treated wastewater discharge into

the industrial drain will be maintained within the existing scenario of 1800 m3/day as against

the permitted levels of 7,890 m3/day. Since there will not be any increase in treated

wastewater discharge into the industrial drain will remain unchanged from the existing

scenario, the overall environmental impacts due to proposed project will be insignificant.

Table 5-10 Detailed Water Balance - Existing Facility (m3/day)

Process unit Municipal Raw water make-up

Recycled water use

Lost through Product, gypsum

or evaporation etc.

Waste water generated

Treated wastewater for final disposal to

industrial drain

Normal Partial load Normal Partial

load Normal Partial load Normal Partial

load Normal Partial load

PAP –process and scrubbers

3849 1000 600 4281 312 1120

PAP –Cooling 840 324 564 600 396 SAP – process and scrubbers

412 412 432 432 100 100 1528

SAP- cooling 1920 1920 1612 1612 308 308 Complex Plant Process & Scrubbers

350 350 470 470

Boiler make-up and DM plant etc

600 576 144 144 72 72

Floor wash and equipment wash

Dust suppression in the raw material handling areas

72 72 72 72

Fire fighting, leaks etc.

50 50 50 50

Domestic 250 250 200 200 50 50 Gardening 400 400 50 50 450 450

Total 8671 4958 1046 122 8275 3430 1442 1650 396 1528






Table 5-11 Detailed Water Balance – Post Project Scenario (m3/day)

Process unit Municipal Raw water make-up

Recycled water use

Lost through Product, gypsum

or evaporation etc.

Waste water generated

Treated wastewater for final disposal to

industrial drain

Normal Partial load Normal Partial

load Normal Partial load Normal Partial

load Normal Partial load

PAP –process and scrubbers

5285 2751 857 257 5713 1954 446 1246

PAP –Cooling 1956 1956 931 756 1487 1912 1400 800 SAP – process and scrubbers

505 505 577 577 120 120 558 1533

SAP- cooling 2373 2373 1993 1993 380 380 Complex Plant Process & Scrubbers

350 350 470 470

Boiler make-up and DM plant etc

744 816 240 240 175 72

Floor wash and equipment wash

Dust suppression in the raw material handling areas

175 72 175 72

Fire fighting, leaks etc.

50 50 50 50

Domestic 250 250 50 50 200 200 Gardening 400 400 200 200 600 600

Total 11913 9451 2163 1285 11355 7918 2721 2818 558 1533

Table 5-12 Summary of Water Balance (m3/day)

Particulars Existing Post Project Normal Abnormal Normal Abnormal

Fresh water 8671 4958 11913 9451 Waste water generated 1392 1600 2521 2618 Waste water recycled without treatment

672 72 1532 829

Waste water sent to ETP 720 1528 989 1789 Waste water recycle to process after treatment in ETP

324 0 431 256

Waste water discharged after treatment in ETP

396 1528 558 1533

5.3.7. Effluent Treatment Plant and Impacts from Disposal of Treated wastewater

The fertilizer complex is having a full-fledged Effluent Treatment Plant of capacity 75 m3/hr

(1800 m3/day) comprising neutralization system, equalization tank, clariflocculators, reactors,

buffer tank and filter press. The total effluent generation during the post up-gradation project

scenario will be reduced due to adoption of clean process technologies. Hence the existing

ETP will be adequate to meet the future needs. Inline with the existing permitted practices,

small quantities of treated wastewater after complying with discharge standards will be

discharged into the industrial drain. The facility is consented to discharge about 7890 m3/day






of treated wastewater into the industrial drain, whereas the facility will be limiting the

discharge into drain to less 1800 m3/day during the post project scenario. Since the existing

industrial drain of saline water source, which is intended for various industrial discharges in

the region, the possibility of impacts on the marine environment due to disposal of treated

wastewater will be less significant. Currently Domestic Effluent is disposed through Septic

Tank & Soak Pit arrangement. To avoid the current disposal practice of the sewage generated

from the unit, it will be treated in a dedicated sewage treatment plant which is under

construction. The treated water will be used for green belt and gardening purposes.

The sea water requirement for the cooling purpose in sulphuric acid plant, phosphoric acid

plant and turbo generator is once through type. The current total sea water requirement is

about 63,000m3/day. The additional cooling water required for the proposed up-gradation is

about 21,600 m3/day, which will be sourced from the existing sea water intake channel at the

plant site. The sea water requirement in the individual units for cooling application for the

post project scenario is presented in Table 5.13. The discharge temperature of the return sea

water from the plant into the industrial drain will be maintained less than 3 Degree C from

the background sea water temperature, which is below the stipulated levels of 5 Degree C.

Since no hazardous and toxic chemicals will be added to the sea water cooling system,

impacts on the marine eco-system are not envisaged.

Table 5-13 Once Through Cooling Water (Sea water) Requirement

S.No. Area Cooling Water consumption (m3/day) Current Scenario Post Project Scenario

1. Sulphuric Acid Plant 15600 25200 2. Phosporic Acid Plant 10800 21600 3. Turbo Generator 33600 33600 4. Losses 3000 4200

Total 63000 84600

5.3.8. Impact on the Land Environment

The possible environmental impacts on the soil and ground water from the proposed

operations will be due to handling and storage of coal, fly ash generated from the proposed

coal fired boiler and additional gypsum generation from the facility.

5.3.9. Impacts due to Handling and Storage of Coal

Coal will be stored in an isolated fully covered shed. A garland storm water drain will be

constructed for the coal storage area. The water runoff collected from the coal yard (due to






sprinkling of water for dust suppression) will be collected in a central collection basin and

will be recycled for dust suppression applications.

5.3.10. Impacts due to Handling and Disposal of Fly ash

Based on the envisaged coal consumption of 168 TPD with 12% ash content, in the proposed

coal fired boiler, the ash generated will be in the order of 20 TPD. Additional 5 MT of ash

will be generated due to utilization of lime stone for SO2 capture in the combustion chamber.

Hence the total ash generation from the proposed boiler will be in the order of 25 TPD. It is

proposed to adopt dry fly ash handling facility by installing pneumatic conveying system

with fly ash silos. The entire ESP area and ash handling area will be paved with concrete and

the fly ash spills, if any will be collected through vacuum cleaning methods. The ash

handling will be isolated from the storm water drains to avoid any contamination of storm-

water runoff. A garland storm water drain will be constructed for the entire fly ash storage

areas. Hence the possibility of environmental impacts due to contamination of soil and

ground water due to handling of ash is not envisaged.

Figure 5-8 Typical illustration of Covered Storage Yard

Figure 5-9 Typical View of Proposed Drainage System for Covered Coal Yard






5.3.11. Impacts due to handling and storage of Gypsum

Rock phosphate contains 48 to 50% CaO. CaO in the rock phosphate reacts with Sulphuric

acid to produce phospho gypsum ( CaSO4.2H2O) and phosphoric acid. For every one ton of

P2O5 production, five tons of gypsum will be produced. It is estimated that about 5000 TPD

of Gypsum will be generated the facility during the post project. Similar to the existing

facility, the gypsum will be disposed to cement plants. The facility has signed expression of

interest with various cement manufacture to dispose about 5000 TPD of gypsum. Copies of

the expression of interest are presented in Annexure 13. In order to store the unutilized

(disposed) gypsum during the lean cement manufacturing period, about five acres of land will

be developed in addition to the existing five acres lined gypsum pad. Layout map showing

the existing and proposed gypsum storage facilities is presented in Figure 5.10.

The proposed storage yard will be constructed as per the CPB guidelines. A single

composite liner comprising of a HDPE geo-membrane minimum thickness of 1.5 mm over a

compacted clay or compacted amended soil layer of thickness 60 cm or mixture of native

soil with bentonite and having a coefficient of permeability of 1x10E-7 cm per second

(1x10E-9 m/sec) or less. Further, a layer of mechanically compacted phosphogypsum at least

30 cm thick, placed above the drainage, with a maximum coefficient of permeability of

1×10E-4 cm per second (1x10E-6 m/sec) serving as the second part of the required

composite liner system.

The ground water quality of the study area indicated that the possible impact due to storage of

gypsum on the regional ground water scenario is insignificant. pH being the most critical

parameters to assess the impacts due to any leaching of residues from the gypsum pond, the

pH levels in all the bore well water samples in the nearby areas was found to be near neutral

and comparable with values that of the 10Km radius.






Figure 5-10 Plant Layout Showing the Existing and Proposed Lined Gypsum Storage Areas and Drainage Collection Systems

5.3.12. Impacts on Ecological and Biological Environment

A detailed ecological study was undertaken by NABET accredited functional area expert and

the ecological and biological scenario at the existing facility and in the study area was

mapped to assess any impacts of the existing operations and also possible impacts due to

expansion operations.

Based on the long term ambient air quality data in the region it was observed that the SO2,

NOx, Ammonia in the vicinity of the plant were found to be in the order of 11 to 21 µg/m3,

17 to 28 µg/m3 and 50 to 100 µg/m3 respectively, which are complying with the NAAQs. As

per the USEPA, noticeable impacts on sensitive flora can be reported only at elevated

concentrations of NOx greater than 2000 g/m3 and 500 g/m3 of SO2 (USEPA)10. The

predicted ground level concentrations for the post project scenario indicated that the overall

concentration of the concerned pollutants will be well within the NAAQs. Therefore the

10 USEPA, 2008 Integrated Science Assessment (ISA) for Oxides of Nitrogen Health Criteria






overall impacts on the ecological and biological environment due to release of additional SO2

and NOx emissions from the facility will be insignificant.

Inline with the existing operations, the once through cooling water (sea water) from the plant

will be discharged at less than 3 Degree C from the background levels as against the

stipulated level of 5 Degree C. Literature survey revealed that studies of the impact the

discharge of post-cooling waters has on zooplankton taxonomic diversity, spatial distribution,

abundance, biomass, and production have been conducted for many years (Patalas 1970,

Hillbricht-Ilkowska and Zdanowski 1978, Tunowski 1988). Experiments conducted by Goss

and Bunting (2003) revealed that zooplankton can tolerate temperature increase up to 10º C

from the ambient without altering swimming capability.

The man-made common industrial drain is primarily developed for industrial discharges

during 1960s. Hence the possibility of marine eco-system such as fish breeding grounds and

other sensitive areas will be absent. No evidence of such ecologically sensitive zones was

observed all along the industrial drain.

The existing facility has developed greenbelt and plantation in an area of 145 Acres. The

ecological studies indicated that the Shannon Index (Woody flora) was reported to be in the

order of 3.2 on the scale of 5, which represents a good biodiversity. Hence the overall

impacts due to various environmental management initiatives adopted by Coromandel have

resulted in positive impacts on the biodiversity in the area.

5.3.13. Socioeconomic Impact

The proposed project will be developed within the existing facility. Hence no additional land

will be acquired under this project. Displacement of people or public facilities such as roads

is not envisaged. Being an existing facility, no natural streams are passing through the facility

and the existing storm water drains in the plant will not be altered or disturbed. However

additional storm water drains will be constructed all along the proposed boiler house area and

PAP area. Any development activity will have certain level of induced growth in the region.

In the case of the current project, the upgrades are a minor component of the existing facility

and will not enhance the production capacity of the main plants. The neighborhood of the

existing facility is a fully developed and rapidly growing urban area due to industrial

activities in the region and also new initiatives by the Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal






Corporation. Hence the possible changes in the socioeconomic pattern due to proposed

project will be less significant when compared with rapid urbanization.

The summary of the socio-economic impacts of the existing and proposed project are

presented hereunder:

The proposed project will not be having any significant direct impact on the

demographic structure of the people as the project does not displace any human

settlement.

Air Quality Modeling shows that the resultant post project ground level concentrations

(including the baseline levels) will be within the NAAQs and hence the possible health

impacts due to exposure to air pollution from the facility will be less significant. The

predicted peak post project concentrations of SO2 will not be more than 50µg/m3.

Hence the possibility of release of additional SO2 emissions from the plant will not have

any significant impacts on the health of the neighbouring community. The predicted

peak post project concentrations of NOx will not be more than 31µg/m3. Hence the

possibility of release of additional NOx emissions from the proposed operations will not

have any significant impacts on the health of the neighbouring community

The project generates additional employment opportunities both during construction

work and during the operation stages.

5.4. Summary of the Environmental Impacts and Impact Matrix

Based on the detailed environmental impact evaluation, it is concluded that by adopting

various environmental risk mitigation measures and by meeting the applicable environmental

regulations and standards, the overall impacts on the valued eco-system will be reversible and

less significant. Summary of environmental impact matrix is presented in Table 5.14.






Table 5-14 Summary Environmental Impact Matrix

Aspects Receptors of the impact

zone

Geographic Extent of impact (Plant site/Local/

Regional)

Type of Impact (+ve or –ve Reversible

+ve or –ve Irreversible)

Magnitude of Impact

(Insignificant/Low /Medium)

EMP adopted by the facility

Air Quality Impacts

Within 1km radius of the projects.

Plant and its immediate vicinity

(-ve), Reversible impacts Low Yes

Surface water bodies

Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable

Existing EMP is adequate

Ground water Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable

Existing EMP is adequate

Land use change

Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable

Fully developed area

Ecological and biological

Within 1km radius of the projects.

Plant and its immediate vicinity

(-ve), Reversible impacts Low Yes

Socio-economic aspects

Local and migratory people

Regional (+ve) High Fully developed area




Chapter 6: Analysis of

Alternatives


6. Analysis of Alternatives

6.1. Introduction

Alternatives analysis was undertaken during the screening and pre-feasibility of the study

phase of the project. The possible outcome of various alternatives such as “no project

scenario”, alternative technologies and alternative sites etc were discussed in this subsection

of this report.

6.2. No Project Scenario

As per the Annual report 2014-15, published by Ministry of Chemicals and Fertilizers

(MCF)11, the overall demand for the NPK fertilizers was increased by 50% over the Kharif

2013. Out of the total NPK demand of 49.6 Lakh MT, 36.81 Lakh MT is met through

indigenous production in India and the balance quantities were imported. This aspect clearly

indicates that there is a need to enhance the NPK fertilizer production in the country. “No

project scenario” of the project will not yield any economic benefit to the region and also

exchequer to the state due to reduced production operations on the account of availability of

adequate phosphoric acid for the plant to operate at full loads. The demand for NPK

fertilizers in India is constantly growing due to increase in demand for food grains, cereal and

other products.

6.3. Alternative Sites

Since the proposed SAP upgrades and new PAP unit will help to optimally utilize the

granulation plants, the proposed upgrades shall be undertaken within the existing facility.

Constructing such facility at an alternative site will lead to loss of energy and also need for

additional land. Since the existing facility is already located in the industrial area, alternatives

sites are not a sustainable option for the project.

6.4. Alternative Technologies

Similar to the existing operations, the proposed phosphoric acid plant will be designed and

operated based on dry gypsum generation process. This will help to avoid any generation of

leachate form the gypsum handling and storage facilities and this will enhance the

opportunities for recycling of gypsum in cement manufacturing facilities. It has been

proposed to adopt FBC boiler technology which is an environmental friendly boiler that will

11 http://fert.nic.in/sites/default/files/Annual_Report_2014-2015_English.pdf




Chapter 6: Analysis of

Alternatives


minimize the release of SO2 & NOx emissions by about two folds when compared with that

of conventional pulverized boilers. An innovative dry lime stone addition process will be

adopted in the boiler to control SO2 emissions. Hence, the proposed process technologies

under the upgrade scheme are more environmental friendly operations.




Chapter 7: Environmental

Monitoring Program


7. Environmental Monitoring Program

7.1. Preamble

The purpose of environmental monitoring is to evaluate the effectiveness of implementation

of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) by periodically monitoring the important

environmental parameters within the impact area, so that any adverse effects are detected and

timely action can be taken.

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the

status of environment during plant operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the

monitoring program will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental

conditions due to operation of the project, to enable taking up suitable mitigation steps in

time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution

since the efficiency of control measures can be determined only by efficient monitoring.

7.2. Objective of Environmental Monitoring

The basic objective of Environment Monitoring Program is:

To ensure implementation of mitigation measures during project implementation

To provide feedback to the decision makers about the effectiveness of their actions

To determine the project’s actual environmental impacts so that modifications can be

made to mitigate the impacts

To identify the need for enforcement action before irreversible environmental damage

occurs

To provide scientific information about the response of an ecosystem to a given set of

human activities and mitigation measures

7.3. Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure

Monitoring shall ensure that commitments are being met. This may take the form of direct

measurement and recording quantitative information, such as concentrations of discharge,

emissions and wastes, for measurement against corporate or statutory standards, consent

limits or targets. It may also require measurement of ambient environmental quality in the

vicinity of a site using ecological/biological, physical and chemical indicators. Monitoring

may include socio-economic interaction, through local liaison activities or even assessment of

complaints.





Monitoring Program


7.4. Environmental Monitoring Program

Being a well established facility, the existing facility has implemented a robust environmental

monitoring program and the same will be implemented after the proposed expansion project.

Summary of the existing and proposed environmental monitoring programs are presented in

Table 7.1.

Table 7-1 Environmental Monitoring Program

S.No Aspect Existing monitoring program Additional monitoring program suggested

1 Environmental management systems

The existing facility is accredited for ISO 14001 environmental management systems and OSHA 18001 occupational health and safety systems. Periodical reviews by the Environment and safety committees and the plant head is being undertaken for continual improvement.

The existing systems will be continued. Recommendations of risk assessment studies for the proposed coal fired boiler, coal storage area and proposed PAP unit will be included in the existing environmental manuals.

2 Online emission monitoring systems

Online emission monitoring systems for measuring SO2 are installed in SAP 1 SAP 2 stacks and PAP.

Online emission monitoring systems were installed on existing tail gas scrubbers of the main plant. Ammonia, Particulate matter and fluorine are being monitored.

Online emission monitoring system for the proposed coal fired boiler stack will be installed as per CPCB guide lines

3 Emission monitoring by external laboratory

Emission tests are being undertaken by MoEF/NABL accredited laboratory on monthly basis on the granulation plants, PAP, SAP and boiler stacks.

Similar practices will be undertaken during the post project scenario in consultation with APPCB.

4 Continuous Ambient air quality monitoring

Three continuous ambient air quality monitoring stations were installed as per the CPCB guidelines and relevant parameters such as PM10, SO2, NOx, NH4, Fluoride, CO are being monitored on continuous basis.

The existing systems will be continued.

5 Ambient air quality monitoring by external lab

Ambient air quality is monitored at three locations outside the facility by an MoEF & CC/NABL accredited testing agency as per the CPCB guidelines. Monitoring is undertaken twice a week and the monthly reports are submitted to APPCB.


6 Treated wastewater quantity monitoring

Online wastewater flow meters are installed on the following areas: inlet to the ETP, treated wastewater recycled in the plant and treated unutilized excess wastewater discharged into industrial drain.

The existing systems will be continued.

7 Continuous monitoring of treated wastewater quality

On line pH indicator is installed to the final discharge channel connected to drain. Also pH indications are available at ETP inlet and outlet.

As per the specific ToR by MoEF, online wastewater quality monitoring systems for Fluoride and Phosphates will be installed and corrected to CPCB and APPCB website.





Monitoring Program


S.No Aspect Existing monitoring program Additional monitoring program suggested

8 Treated wastewater quality monitoring by external lab

Treated wastewater quality samples are analysed by Coromandel in house laboratory on daily basis.

An MoEF/NABL accredited lab is also undertaking sampling and analysis of treated wastewater on monthly basis for the parameters such as pH, TSS, BOD, COD, Nitrates, Total Ammonia, Phosphates.

Existing practices will be continued.

9 Sea water –return cooling water

Online pH and temperature sensor are installed on the return cooling water discharge into the industrial drain and the same is being monitored


10 Ground water quality monitoring

Three Piezometric wells were installed at the gypsum storage yard and parameters such as Ph and heavy metals are being monitored by MoEF / NABL accredited laboratory on monthly basis

Additional 5 Piezometric wells will be installed near the gypsum yard as per the specific TOR issued by MoEF for the project.

11 Noise recording Noise levels at work zones are being monitored on monthly basis as a part of the occupational health surveillance program by Coromandel in-house team.


12 Solid waste generation and disposal

Hazardous wastes such as used oil, LSHS sludge, spent catalyst are being recorded as per the Hazardous Waste Authorization issued by APPCB. Records of the gypsum generated and disposed to cement plants are also maintained at the site.





Chapter 8: Additional

Studies


8. Additional Studies

This chapter describes the Public Hearing aspects, safety management systems, disaster

management plan and Occupational Health.

8.1. Public Hearing Aspects

8.1.1. Public Hearing Event

This subjection of the EIA report presents the details of the public hearing, summary of the

clarifications sought by the public on the proposed project and wherever required, additional

the management plans proposed by Coromandel International Limited.

As per the EIA Notification, the Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APPCB) gave the

Notification regarding public hearing, 30 days in advance. The advertisement to this effect

was published in local newspaper Eenadu and The New Indian Express on 07-11-2016

(Figure 8.1) Suggestions/ views/ comments and objections of the public were invited from

the date of the notification by Regional Officer, Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board,

Visakhapatnam. All persons including bonafide residents, Environmental Groups and others

residing in the study area were requested to participate in the public hearing and to make

oral/written suggestions to Environmental Engineer, Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control

Board, Visakhapatnam. The copies of the Executive Summary were also made available at all

public offices as listed in the EIA Notification, 2006 and its amendments. Public hearing for

the proposed project was conducted on 08-12-2016 at 11AM at Coromandel Recreation

Centre Ground located adjacent to the existing Coromandel International Limited plant,

Sriharipuram. Public hearing meeting was chaired by Sri. Sri Pravin Kumar, IAS, District

Collector, Visakhapatnam. The meeting was conducted by Sri R. Lakshminarayana,

Environmental Engineer, Regional Office, APPCB, Visakhapatnam. The District Collector

welcomed the gathering and requested the public to give their opinion, one by one after the

presentation by the project proponent. Mr. A. Ramachandra Rao, Senior Vice-President,

Coromandel International Limited, explained overview of Coromandel operations and need

for the project. He informed that,

i. After independence, the country has faced severe food grains production and in order

to overcome the shortage Government of India has initiated “Green Revolution” to

increase the production of food grains thus making the country self-sufficient.

ii. As a part of the green revolution the setting up of chemical fertilizer plants in





Studies


different parts of the country was initiated and Visakhapatnam was rightly chosen to

locate such plant by obtaining the supplies of Naphtha from adjacent petroleum

refinery.

iii. The existing plant started production of chemical fertilizers in the year 1967 and

catering the needs of the farmers since 50 years

iv. Coromandel International Limited continued to supply more than 70% of the fertilizer

needs of Andhra Pradesh and Telangana States

v. The 28:28:0 complex fertilizers produced in this plant is a unique product not

produced anywhere in the world

vi. The brand name “GROMOR” is giving higher yield per acre and won the hearts of the

farmers

vii. The industry has established call centre on 24 hrs basis to advice farmers on the

proper application of the fertilizers

viii. Coromandel International, Visakhapatnam unit is the first industrial unit in India to

implement PSMS( Process Safety Management System)

ix. In the manufacturing of complex fertilizer, phosphoric acid is the primary raw

material. At present, the industry is producing 700 MTPD of phosphoric acid and

additional quantity of 300 MTPD is being imported from other countries. In the

expansion project, the industry has proposed to produce the raw material indigenously

by enhancing the existing production capacity of Phosphoric acid from 700 MTPD to

1000 MTPD adopting latest technology thereby avoiding the imports.

Mr.K.V Rao, Senior General Manager- Project, Coromandel International, informed that due

to non- availability of required quantity of phosphoric acid, the existing complex fertilizer

plant is being operated at lower capacity than the consented capacity of 3900 MTPD of

complex fertilizer and he explained the salient features of the projects.

The EIA consultant, Mr. V.S. Bhaskar, Sr. General Manager, M/s. Cholamandalam MS Risk

Services supported by the EIA Coordinator has explained the outcome of the EIA study and

the environmental management plan.

About 1000 persons attended the Public Hearing meeting and 44 persons gave their opinion

on the proposed project. It was on record that before the public hearing 13 nos written

representations were received by APPCB. Out of these 10 nos are in favour of the proposed

expansion and 3 nos are against the proposal. Further during the public hearing, 94 nos





Studies


written representations were received by APPCB out of which 85 nos are welcoming the

expansion and 7 nos are against the proposal.

The EIA report has been updated based on the public suggestions, by incorporating

comments of public and replies on the same. The Public hearing proceedings are given in

Annexure 29. The Public Hearing Notification and Photographs are given in Figures 8.1 and

8.2.

Figure 7-1 Public Notice





Studies


District Collector Addressing the Forum District Collector and Executive Engineer, APPCB Addressing the PH

View of the People Attended the Public Hearing

View of the People Attended the Public Hearing





Studies


Senior Vice President- Projects,

Coromandel Internation Ltd explained the overview of Coromandel Operations to the

public

Senior General Manager- Projects, Coromandel Internation Ltd explained the overview of the project to the public

EIA Consultant explained the outcome of the

EIA study People Expressed Views during the Public

Hearing Session





Studies


People Expressed Views during the Public Hearing Session

8.1.2. Overview of the Public Hearing Aspects

People from various sectors such as working group, workers, farmers, senior citizens,

doctors, representatives of the political parties, representatives of local bodies, non-working

women, representatives of Non-Government Organizations (NGOs), environmental

professionals, Technical Experts and other people in the area and region have attended the

public hearing.

The oral representations from the public hearing attendees have sought clarifications from the

district administration on the measures to combat the increasing pollution in the area and also

health related issues in the Visakhapatnam region with a specific reference to the industrial

pockets of the region. It was also expressed that stringent pollution norms shall be imposed





Studies


on the industrial located in the Visakhapatnam region with a specific reference to air

pollution control to avoid any respiratory ailments. District Collector in his concluding

session informed that the district administration is constantly working with pollution control

board and other departments for effective implementation of the environmental regulations

and standards across all the industrial sectors in the district.

The participants and the local people of the public hearing have sought clarifications on the

following aspects: (1) environmental protection measures proposed to be adopted, the

possible impacts on the neighbouring areas (2) employment to the local people, (3) Benefits

to the local people through corporate social responsibility programs.

8.1.2.1.Environmental Protection Measures Proposed to be Adopted and the Possible

Impacts on the Neighbouring Areas

Some of the people have expressed their apprehension that the pollution levels in the

Visakhapatnam region are steadily increasing due to rapid urbanization and also

industrialization. A detailed discussion on the baseline air, ground water and soil quality

scenario in the study area was discussed in section 4 of this EIA report. According to the

MoEF circular Dated the 17th September, 2013 MoEF&CC has lifted the moratorium on

setting of the projects in the Visakhapatnam area due to the observations that the overall

CEPI index was reduced below 80 when compared with that of the status in CEPI index in

2011. Based on the MoEF&CC circular dated April 26th 2016, the CEPI index for

Visakhapatnam area was reported to be about 70, which was further lower than that of the

2013 scenario. It can be inferred from this information that CPCB and APPCB have been

taking up various measures to curtail the increase of pollution levels in the region. The

exiting Coromandel facility at Sriharipuram is involved the manufacture of complex

fertilizers. The criteria pollutants of interest are dust emissions from rock phosphate handling

area, SO2 and NOx emissions from burning of LSHS oil in the boiler and Ammonia emission

from main plant tail gas scrubber. Based on the long term stack emission data and also the

APPCB emission test reports confirmed that these emissions far below the stipulated

emission standards.

It can be inferred from the long term air quality data (continuous air quality monitoring data

at the plant site), the one season measurements during the EIA study period (April – July

2016) and also the regional air quality monitoring data of APPCB and CPCB confirms that





Studies


the background air quality parameter such as PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx were found within

the NAAQS standards.

The long term air quality trends for summer, winter season data at the plant site was

presented in Table 8.1. It can be inferred from this information that the overall air quality

levels in the area well within the NAAQs.

Table 8.1 Background Pollutant Concentrations (µg/m3) at the Coromandel Plant Area

Parameter Winter Season (2015-16)

Long term plant data (Dec, Jan, Feb)

Summer Season (2016) Long term plant data (March, April, May)

CPCB Data for Visakhapatnam

industrial area (ref)12 NAAQs

Max Avg Min Max Avg Min Y 2016 Standard PM10 79 70.2 61 76 60.32 44 85.6 100 PM2.5 47 39.7 32 46 31.63 21 42.5 60 SO2 26.7 20.3 15.7 28.7 19.6 7.8 21.6 80 NOx 32.4 26.7 24.4 32.7 22.97 12.3 32.1 80

Ozone - - - - - - 40.2 180 NH3 30 9 6 14 9 6 12.9 400 Due to utilization of the high calorific, low Sulfur and low ash content coals, the overall SO2

emissions from the proposed coal fired boiler will be almost 1.5 times lower than that of the

boilers fired with any other solid fuels having lower calorific value and high sulphur. In

addition to the existing pollution control systems and environmental management program of

the existing facility, the management of Coromandel has proposed to invest additionally

about Rs.2642 Lakhs towards various pollution control and environmental management

programs under the proposed project. Based on the findings of the detailed air quality

modelling exercise and the summary of predicted GLCs due to the Proposed Project (Table

5.6, Chapter 5), it has been inferred that the resultant cumulative concentration at around 10

Kms radius distance from proposed project will comply with the NAAQ Standards.

According to a 30 years cohort group and epidemiological studies undertaken by USEPA13

confirmed that there is no definite relationship between SO2 at ambient concentration levels

(less than 500 ppb. USEPA also states that some evidence regarding respiratory symptoms

and/or respiratory allergies among children provided limited support for a possible

relationship between long-term SO2 exposure and the development of asthma. USEPA further

12 http://www.cpcb.gov.in/CAAQM/frmUserAvgReportCriteria.aspx 13 U.S. EPA (U.S. Environmental Protection Agency). (2008b). Integrated science assessment for sulfur oxides: Health criteria [EPA Report]. (EPA/600/R-08/047F). Research Triangle Park, NC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, National Center for Environmental Assessment.





Studies


states that there is more uncertainty regarding relationships between SO2 exposure and health

effects outside of the respiratory system. SO2 itself is unlikely to enter the bloodstream.

According to a 30 years cohort group and epidemiological studies undertaken by USEPA14,

NOx concentration generally correlates with concentrations of other traffic-related pollutants

in urban areas. With respect to exposure, these observations make it hard to distinguish NOx

from other pollutants when considering the health impacts potentially attributable to each.

Associations between NOx and asthma development are independent of factors such as

socioeconomic status and exposure to smoking. There is more uncertainty about relationships

of NOx exposure with health effects outside of the respiratory system. NOx itself is unlikely

to enter the bloodstream, and reactions caused by ambient-relevant concentrations of NOx in

the airways do not clearly affect concentrations of reaction products, such as nitrite, in the

blood. No specific NOx averaging time, duration, or age of exposure is more strongly

associated with asthma attacks or asthma development. It is not clear whether there is an

exposure concentration below which effects do not occur.

Another long term USEPA15 studies confirmed that respiratory symptoms (including cough,

wheezing, and other asthma-related symptoms) were reported in two cross-sectional studies

of industrial worker populations exposed to ammonia at levels greater than or equal to

approximately 18 mg/m3, whereas the long term exposure to ambient ammonia levels less

than 400 µg/m3 could not show any strong correlation between asthma incidents and

population exposed to such concentrations.

Based on the above on the above discussions, it can be inferred that the possible health

impacts due to release of controlled and residual emissions of particulate matter, SO2 and

NOx from the existing facility and proposed project of Coromandel International Limited,

Sriharipuram plant will be insignificant.

8.1.2.2.Employment to Local People

Employment and livelihood are the primary concerns of any society. The government of

Andhra Pradesh is actively sustainable industrial development in the state with a specific

14 United States Environment Protection Agency, Integrated Science Assessment for Oxides of Nitrogen – Health Criteria, EPA/600/R-15/068, January 2016 15 Toxicological Review of Ammonia Noncancer Inhalation [CASRN 7664-41-7], EPA/635/R-16/163Fa, Integrated Risk Information System National Center for Environmental Assessment Office of Research and Development U.S. Environmental Protection Agency





Studies


reference to Visakhapatnam district due to availability of port facilities and effective road and

rail network that can connect the remaining parts of the Country. The existing facility has

been proving direct and indirect employment since the inception of plant in 1967. The facility

is providing direct employment to approximately 1500 people and indirect employment to

many more people through direct vendors and contractor jobs who are residing within 5km

from plant. Preference has been given to the local people in all possible ways especially for

unskilled and semi-skilled areas. All the vendors and contractors are encouraged to employ

local people in unskilled and semi-skilled areas. Since chemical process industries would

require highly qualified and experienced resources to effectively and safely operate the plant

and hence preference will be given to the qualified and experienced local people for

engineering and plant operational aspects. Coromandel is providing opportunities to young

engineering graduates for undergoing plant level training as a part of the apprentice program.

8.1.2.3.Benefits to the Local People through Corporate Social Responsibility Programs

The management of Coromandel has been adopting various CSR activities and spent about

Rs. 313 Lakhs over a period of last 6 years on various community development and disaster

relief programs. Based on the detailed socio-economic assessment study in the study area

(based on 2011 census), it was observed that more than 94% of the people are falling under

main, marginal and other worker categories when compared with the state level of 37%. This

aspect indicates that most of the people in the study area (within 5Km radius) are having

employment opportunities within the region. The people falling under Below Poverty Line

(BPL) are below 6.5% as against the state level of 21% as per 2011 Census. Due to various

industrial activities, defence installations, port activities and increased urbanization in the

region, the opportunities for the livelihood has enhanced several folds.

Based on a preliminary socioeconomic study, a need based CSR plan was developed and

presented in section 10 of this EIA report. About Rs. 100 Lakhs is budgeted towards CSR

programs for next 5 to 10 years. The following programs will be included in the CSR

program based on the requests from the local people during the public hearing session:

1. Providing financial assistance to the Govt. hospital located in the Sriharipuram.

2. Extending healthcare facilities to surrounding population at the existing Coromandel

Health Centre located at Sriharipuram. More than 20,000 people are already availing

the services of the Coromandel Health Centre.





Studies


3. Promoting the educational facilities to children in the local areas

4. Installing RO plants to cater to the smaller and isolated communities within the 5Km

radius of the plant.

5. Actively participating in SWATCH Bharat programs conducted by district

administration in the neighbouring areas,

6. Actively participating in the state afforestation and tree plantation program

The District Collector, Visakhapatnam directed Coromandel to submit point wise

clarification to the issues raised by the public during the meeting. Coromandel International

submitted the consolidated response on resolution of the points raised by all speakers during

public hearing and the considered response vide letter no. Proj/ PAPEXP/12-16-1 dated; 9th

December 2016 and copy of the letter is enclosed as Annexure 29A and the consolidated

response is given in Table 8.2. The point wise clarification raised by the public is enclosed in

Annexure 29B.

Table 8.2 Coromandel’s Consolidated Response on the Points raised by all speakers during Public Hearing

S.No. Main Points Raised Industry’s Response 1 Employment is not being provided to the

local people and disclosure of employment to be provided in the proposed expansion project.

Coromandel operates a fertilizer plant which is highly complex both technically and physically and it requires a high level of skills and qualifications. Employment in Coromandel is on merit basis as per recruitment policies. Skilled and unskilled workmen are employed through awarded contracts. Employment of contract workers is as per the prevailing statutory requirements and continued compliance in this regard will be ensured by Coromandel. We are at present employing around 1500 people daily. Out of these 90% are employed from Visakhapatnam and surrounding villages. The estimated employment generation post project is around 275 direct & indirect put together. In respect of unskilled employment, preference will be given to local persons.

2 CSR funds are to be implemented in industry affected area and medical facilities provided by the industry to the nearby residents as a part of CSR activity.

M/S. Coromandel is committed to the welfare of the residents of surrounding areas. The medical centre was established in this area to attend to the common diseases based on the survey conducted by Andhra University and





Studies


S.No. Main Points Raised Industry’s Response other agencies. It caters to the local community on subsidized rates. Medical camps including eye camps are also conducted regularly for the local people. Coromandel is also extending CSR support in consultation with local leaders on regular basis for the following:

i. Girl Child Education ii. Computer literacy improvement

iii. Chemistry knowledge enhancement. iv. Sports events for youth v. Women employment & empowerment

vi. Skill development for youth vii. Plantation initiatives all around the

villages. viii. Clean drinking water through RO

installations ix. Upliftment of GVMC hospital by

providing medical auxiliaries. x. Infrastructure development in local

villages In case the Government constructs the hospital through consortium of industries to meet the needs of the local residents, Coromandel will extend all possible support financially and materially. Coromandel is actively working with GVMC in conversion of municipal solid waste into organic manure. The infrastructure requirement for the existing GVMC hospital, Sriharipuram if arises in future will be taken up suitably by Coromandel. Coromandel has spent Rs. 3.13 Crores towards CRS in the last 6 years Coromandel will continue to carry out CSR activities for the surrounding villages as per Company’s Act in the forthcoming years also.

3 The present quality of the surrounding environment around the plant has deteriorated and what are the measures the industry is going to adopt in future for better environment.

M/S Coromandel adopted latest technology not only in Process Improvement, but also in control of pollution. The commitment to a cleaner environment can be best demonstrated by the fact that our top 30 officials and their families stay in the township which is situated just next to the plant. The industry is committed to continue the same in future also. The withdrawal of ban order in respect of





Studies


S.No. Main Points Raised Industry’s Response setting up of new or expansion of existing industries amply shows that the improvement in the environment and measures taken by the existing industries to control pollution and all environment parameters in and around (bowl area) are maintained well within the norms stipulated by CPCB / APPCB. Coromandel has invested Rs. 29 Cr towards environmental improvements in the last 5 years which includes modern ETP plant, plantation on gypsum, online stack monitoring, AAQM etc. The estimated cost of various environmental management programs in the proposed project is Rs. 26.42 Cr which is around 12% of proposed project cost.

The Chairman of the public hearing informed that the opinions, suggestions, objections raised

in the meeting are recorded and the minutes of public hearing proceedings will be send to

MoEF&CC for taking necessary action and concluded the proceeding of the public hearing

meeting.

8.2. Pollution Prevention

The management of Coromandel has already adopted various energy conservation measures

in the facility and the specific energy consumption per MT of the NPK fertilizer

manufactured is maintained less than 90 kWH/MT as against the industry bench mark of 100

kWH/MT. This has helped to reduce the electrical energy to the tune of 10 million units per

year, which is equivalent to offsetting of about 17,600 tons of CO2 (greenhouse gas) per

annum. Coromandel has been recovering about 80 TPH of steam by harnessing the waste

heat generated from SAP plants. As a part of the upgrade program, additional 21 TPH of

steam will be recovered from the SAP plants. The corresponding additional energy savings

has been estimated as 40 T/day of fuel oil equivalent. This will help to additionally offset

about 0.4 Lakh TPA of CO2 per annum.

8.3. Safety Management

Coromandel is accredited for OSHAS 18001 and has been implementing the occupational

health and safety measures across all functions in the existing facility. The possible





Studies


occupational safety and health hazards associated with operation of proposed facility are

presented in below

Possible hazards due to handling and storage of sulphuric acid are exposure to release

of fumes during the accidental releases.

Possible hazards due to handling and storage of phosphoric acid are exposure to

release of fumes during the accidental releases.

Handling and storage of coal would result in exposure to dust emissions and fire

hazards

The possible hazards associated with steam boiler operations are explosion of drum

and pipeline and exposure to steam and metal fragments.

The management of Coromandel has adopted sound safety measures in the existing facility

and the following risk mitigation measures are implemented in handling and storage of

sulfuric acid and phosphoric acid in the existing facility. Similar practices will be adopted

during the upgrade scheme.

The following measures are adopted for storage tanks: Double drain valves for acid storage

tanks, level gauges on storage tanks, static bonding of pipeline flanges, dykes to retain 110%

of tank volume, all pipeline and tanks painted as per IS colour code, caution note and

Material identification and capacity displayed on all storage tanks. Moisture absorbent (Silica

gel) provision will be made on sulphuric storage tanks.

Operations and maintenance of the plant is being in accordance with the well-

established safe practices. Some of the guidelines adopted by Coromandel are as follows:

periodic testing of hoses for leakages and continuity, annual testing of all safety relief valves,

planned preventive maintenance of different equipment for their safety and reliable

operations, inspection of the storage tanks as per prefixed inspection schedule for thickness

measurement, joint and weld efficiency etc, comprehensive colour code scheme to identify

different medium pipes, strict compliance of safety work permit system, proper maintenance

of earth pits, strict compliance of security procedures.

Although coal fires are infrequent, there is a possibility of coal fires at the coal stock yards

during the summer conditions due to burning of volatile compounds. Coal stock yard fires

can be avoided by providing proper stacking design to prevent air movement inside the coal

lumps, minimising the duration of coal storage at the site and water sprinkling operations to





Studies


maintain adequate moisture. Recommended measures to prevent minimise, and control fire

hazards at captive co-generation power plants include:

Use of automated combustion and safety controls

Proper maintenance of boiler safety controls

Implementation of start-up and shutdown procedures to minimise the risk of

suspending hot coal particles (e.g., in the crusher) during start-up

Regular cleaning of the facility to prevent accumulation of coal dust (e.g., on floors,

ledges, beams, and equipment)

Removal of hot spots from the coal stockpile (caused by spontaneous combustion)

and spread until cooled, avoid loading of hot coal into the pulverised fuel system

Use of automated systems such as temperature gauges or carbon monoxide sensors to

survey solid fuel storage areas to detect fires caused by self-ignition and to identify

risk points

For planned outages, operators should take every precaution to ensure that all idle

bunkers and silos are completely empty and also verify by visual checks. Bunkers and

silos should be thoroughly cleaned by washing down their interior walls and any

interior structural members but not their horizontal surfaces. Idle bunkers and silos

that contain coal/lignite should be monitored frequently for signs of spontaneous

combustion by using CO monitors, infrared scanning, or temperature scanning.

Fire fighting systems and fire hydrant systems shall be installed at all hazard prone

areas such as coal stock yards, bunkers and silos as per the applicable fire safety

standards.

8.4. Occupational Health Centre at Coromandel

The existing OHC is manned by a qualified full time Medical Officer and a contracted

Medical officer supported with eight para medical staff. A detailed occupational health

facility in the existing Coromandel international limited plant is given in chapter 2 of the

report.

The following are facilities and services are available as a part of corporate occupational

healthcare program.

A dedicated Occupational Health Centre (OHC) headed by a qualified doctor

First aid facilities was made available across the facility





Studies


OHC facilities were equipped with the following: (they didn’t mention let check it)

Stools, height appropriate to counter, adjustable with backs

Examination tables

Medication cabinet, with locks, Instrument trays, Refrigerator

Sphygmomanometer, Electrocardiograph, Vision screening apparatus,

Spirometer, audiometer, nebulizer, multipara monitors, suction apparatus,

continuous positive airway pressure apparatus

Crutches, walkers, oxygen supply systems, Vaccines

Patients and staff education aids

Well equipped laboratory

The following medical tests were undertaken at the facility:

Pre - employment medical check-up at the time of employment

Periodical medical check-up will be been done for all employees twice in a

year

Urine tests: Cells (exfoliate cytology) - bladder cancer, Level of toxin e.g.

mercury, Level of metabolite e.g. TCA (tricarboxylic acid), Protein (especially

kidney damage), Bile (jaundice), Sugar (diabetes) - relevant to shift work,

public service vehicle (PSV) driving

Blood tests- Full blood count and haemoglobin - work in the tropics, Serum

(deep frozen) - baseline antibody levels in pathogen exposure, Liver function

tests - alcohol, hepatotoxic chemicals, Renal function tests - kidney toxins.

ECG - was conducted once in 6 months for those above 40 years.

Food handlers test - was conducted once in a year (typhoid & stool tests).

Eye testing by Ophthalmologist - was conducted Once in a year (every 6

months for >40 yrs).

Water testing - quarterly for fitness for human consumption.

Vision - Acuity tests e.g. lorry drivers, pilots etc, Colour blindness tests e.g.

civil aviation, railways, microscopy.

X-rays - Chest x-rays are useful for conditions such as infection,

Pneumoconiosis chest x-rays was conducted once in 3 years.

Audiometry - The lowest intensity of hearing was conducted once in a year.





Studies


Spirometric - diagnose asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease

(COPD) and other conditions that affect breathing were conducted once in a

year.

8.4.1. OHC facilities extended to local people under CSR

Anemia screening camps in surrounding school children with follow-up at

regular intervals

Diabetes / hypertension / Kidney screening camps.

OHC laboratory facilities extended to local community through the Coromandel

Medical Center.

Eye screening camps and providing free spectacles (outsourced) – this year 325

spectacled provided to community people.

Awareness programs on communicable and chronic diseases.

Mega-multi specialty camps in association with corporate hospitals and

government hospitals.

8.5. Disaster Management Plan

Proposed expansion will not involve any hazardous or flammable materials. Management of

Coromandel has approved Disaster management plan and the same will be followed for the

proposed expansion project.




Chapter 9: Project Benefits


9. Project Benefits

The proposed project will provide a constant raw material and intermediates to the main plant

operations in order to optimal utilization of the consented and permitted production. This will

further help to enhance the availability of additional NPK fertilizers in the market.

Due to increased phosphoric acid generation at the existing facility, the risks due to

transportation of phosphoric acid on the roads will be reduced.

Due to utilization of low sulphur imported coals and adoption of limestone based sulphur

capture system, the overall SO2 emissions per ton of steam generated in the facility will be

reduced from the current scenario. This will help to offset at least 20 to 25% of SO2

emissions from the existing facility.

While the existing facility is contributing significant direct and indirect employment, the

proposed facilities will provide additional employment opportunities to the people.





Management Plan


10. Environmental Management Plan

10.1. Introduction

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is required for formulation, implementation and

monitoring of environmental protection measures that has to be adopted during the

construction and operation phase of any project. It helps to ensure sustainable development in

the area of the proposed project site by taking necessary mitigation measures to avoid the

deterioration of quality of environment of the surrounding area of the project site. The EMP

indicates the details as to how various measures have been or are proposed to be taken.

The objectives of this chapter include:

Identification of the project specific activities with a potential to cause adverse impacts on

the environment.

Investigation of the significant adverse impacts from the respective activity.

Specific mitigation measures adopted and proposed to ensure the protection of

environment.

Implementation of environmental, safety measures and monitoring of effectiveness of

built-in safeguards.

Unlike Greenfield projects, the current project is a debottlenecking and upgrade program

planned within the existing facility. Since the capacities of the main plant will remain

unchanged and no additional NPK fertilizer production is envisaged beyond the consented

and permitted levels of 3900 TPD, the environmental management plans and environmental

monitoring programs that are being implemented and sustained will be adequate for the

proposed project. However various pollution control systems will be either added or

upgraded in the existing SAP 1& SAP 2 units and proposed new PAP unit coal fired boiler.

Detailed discussion on various environmental aspects associated residual environmental

impacts and risk mitigation measures were already discussed in the section 5 of this report.

10.2. Environment Stewardship adopted by Coromandel in the Existing Facility

Along with thrust on profitability, Coromandel has been maintaining a perfect balance with

people as well as the environment. Coromandel gives top most priority to Safety, Health and

Environment (SHE) performance and standards across all our plants. Coromandel regularly

assesses and works towards making sure that all our plants achieve best standards in terms of





Management Plan


Safety and Environment performance.

The management of Coromandel has been adhering to the emissions and discharge standards

in the existing facility. Environmental compliance status report issued by MoEF Regional

office is enclosed in the Annexure 8. Online emission monitoring systems were installed on

all process stacks and the data has been uploaded on the APPCB and CPCB websites.

Similarly three continuous ambient air quality monitoring stations were installed as per the

APPCB directions and the criteria pollutants of concern are being monitored. In addition to

the online sampling systems, Coromandel has been engaging MoEF/NABL accredited

environmental testing agency for undertaking emissions and ambient air quality monitoring

on periodical basis. The emission and ambient air quality data indicates that the all prescribed

parameters are well within the stipulated standards and criteria.

A dedicated environment team headed by Asst. General Manager-Health, safety and

environment is supported by a team of three engineers to implement various HSE related

programs in the facility. A dedicated CSR team is implementing various community

development and CSR activities in the region. The team leaders of environment and CSR

teams are directly reporting to the facility occupier (factory manager). A comprehensive

emergency management plan and disaster management plans are being implemented as per

the applicable regulations and guidelines.

About 80 TPH of steam from the waste heat generated is recovered from the existing SAP

plants, which has helped to avoid burning of fossil fuel (LSHS or Diesel) to the tune of 150

T/day in the existing utility boilers. This has resulted in avoidance of about 2000 TPA of SO2

and 1.6 lac TPA of CO2.

A dedicated wastewater treatment facility is in operation in the existing facility. Large

quantities of treated wastewater are being recycled in the existing facility as a part of the

corporate environment management initiatives. Due to implementation of various water

conservation measures and treated wastewater recycling programs, the specific water

consumption in the existing facility is maintained at 3 m3/T of the NPK fertilizer produced as

against the industry benchmark of 4 m3/T, as per the published literature (ref)16.

Coromandel undertook a project on Reclamation (Greening) of Phospho Gypsum, offering an

16 Water Conservation in Indian Fertilizer Industry, 2005 IFA Technical Committee Meeting, 11 to 13 April 2005, Alexandria, Egypt





Management Plan



over. This project has attracted the nation's attention by winning 3 innovation awards so far.

The joint team (Coromandel & TERI) successfully reclaimed the gypsum pond areas and

completed plantation of about 18,000 units in an area of 18 acres. This project is going to set

a benchmark for all phosphoric acid plants within the country as well as across the world for

improving environment.

Coromandel has developed a massive plantation and greenbelt activities in the existing

facility. About 145 acres of land was converted into green cover. Since Coromandel is

undertaking such a plantation program since the inception of the unit in 1960s, these trees are

fully grown and supported a good biodiversity in the middle of a rapidly growing urban

environment in the neighbourhood. Based on the baseline studies it is noted that the

biodiversity of faunal species at the plant greenbelt area was reported increase from the

background area.

The management of Coromandel has constructed 7 storm water harvesting pits for the

collection and reuse of the storm water for the main plant make-up applications. Locations of

storm water recharge pits in the existing plant are shown in Figure 10.1. Garland drains are

constructed for the entire existing gypsum storage area and the collected runoff, if any is

collected in a dedicated sump for further reuse in the main plant area.





Management Plan


Figure 10-1 Plant Layout Showing the Location of the Storm water Recharge Pits





Management Plan


10.3. Environmental Management Plan during Construction Phase

The environmental management plan during the construction period aims to develop

procedures and practices that are to be implemented across the site to manage, remedy and

mitigate potential adverse environmental impacts. Unlike Greenfield projects, the proposed

project will be limited to minor modifications in the existing facility and demolition of

structures and large excavations and earth filling activities are not envisaged, except for

construction of new units such as PAP unit and extending of existing rock phosphate storage,

coal fired boiler unit and other associated facilities within the plant premises. The overall

construction activities will extend for a period of 18 months after obtaining necessary permits

and clearances. Most of the construction activities will be retrofitting and steel structural

work and hence the environmental impacts will be limited to plant site.

To ensure the least environmental impacts, a site specific construction environmental

management manual shall be developed and implemented during the construction period. The

nominated contractors and construction groups will be responsible for the implementation of

construction environmental management program. Coromandel shall deploy an

environmental management team that will continue to monitor and ensure that construction

activities are carried out in safe and environmentally friendly manner at the project site.

Construction Phase Environmental Management Plan will include the following aspects:

Construction Phase Dust Control Management

Noise Management

Water Quality Management

Solid & Hazardous Waste Management

Ecological Aspects

Socio- economic aspects

10.3.1. Construction Phase Dust Management

The soils at the proposed project site are majorly loamy in type; thus significant dust is

envisaged during the construction activities. However the following remediation measures

are proposed to control the soil dust generated.

Any stock pile of aggregate or spoil should be covered and water shall be applied

Water shall be sprayed during the handling of excavated and fill material where dust





Management Plan


is likely to be generated

Water sprinkling on roads to reduce the dust emission due to the construction activity

and vehicular movement.

Proper maintenance of vehicles and construction equipment shall be ensured

10.3.2. Noise Management Plan – Construction Phase

Although the proposed project sites within the existing plant are located far away from nearby

residential areas (more than 1.0 Km) and also due to existence of a wide greenbelt, the possible

impacts due noise emissions from the construction activities will be less significant.

The following remediation measures are suggested.

High noise generating construction equipment, if used, shall not be operated during

the night times to minimize any discomfort to the nearby residents.

Earmuffs shall be provided to the construction workers and their use by workers shall

be enforced.

In the event construction noise levels at the facility boundary exceed the industrial

limit of 70 dBA, temporary noise barriers would be installed to minimize the overall

noise related impacts on the neighbouring areas due to construction activities.

10.3.3. Water Quality Management Plan – Construction Phase

The mitigation measures recommended to minimize the impacts on water quality are as

follows

Construction work-force will be sourced from the local areas and hence onsite

construction workers camps are not envisaged. The existing toilets, rest rooms and

drinking water facilities will be made available to all contract workers during the

construction phase. Considering about 100 workers at the site during the peak

construction period, the additional water demand for sanitation will be in the order of

5 m3/day and the additional sewage generated from the construction phase will be

treated in the sewage treatment plant.

The ground water table in the area is at a level of 2 to 3m during the post monsoon

period; hence care shall be taken while undertaking the excavation and foundation

activities. Effective construction methods shall be adopted to avoid excess dewatering





Management Plan


of the ground water during the construction phase. The excavated dewatered water, if

any shall be collected and reused for dust suppression activities.

Onsite construction vehicle maintenance and washing activities are not envisaged at

site. Hence discharges from construction vehicle maintenance activities are not

envisaged.

10.3.4. Solid and Hazardous Waste Management – Construction Phase

Solid waste such as metal scrap and packaging waste will be disposed to recycling vendors

during the construction phase.

The hazardous materials that may be used during the construction phase may include petrol,

diesel, welding gas and paints. Construction sites handle small quantities of lube oils and diesel

for running the machine powered construction equipment. In order to avoid soil contamination

due to accidental spills, it has been recommended to provide spill absorbing material at the

construction site and the contaminated soil should be excavated, stored and disposed of to

hazardous waste disposal sites according to the guidelines specified.

10.3.5. Ecological Aspects – Construction Phase

The Proposed project involves the construction activities within the existing facility and

cutting and removing of trees or plants etc are not envisaged. Hence the existing biodiversity

at the plant greenbelt area will be not be disturbed.

10.4. Environmental Management Plan during Operation Phase

In line with the discussions presented in section 5, this subsection presents the summary of

various additional environmental management plans proposed to be implemented under the

upgrade scheme.

10.4.1. Air Quality Management Plan

The following air quality management plan will be adopted during the operational phase of

the project

10.4.1.1. SAP Plant Emissions

The existing scrubbers in the SAP 1 and SAP 2 will be upgraded to meet the additional SO2

emissions and gas volumes. The basic retrofits include enhancing the alkali scrubber

circulation system, upgradation of absorbers with suitable modifications, waste heat boiler





Management Plan


and main air blower for supply of air. The existing stack heights will be adequate for the

marginal increase in SO2 emissions. Existing online continuous emission monitoring systems

will be recalibrated after successful scrubber retrofitting operations.

10.4.1.2. Dust Emissions Control at Rock Phosphate Grinding Facility

Similar to the existing rock phosphate handling operations, the proposed rock phosphate

storage area will be provided with a suitable ventilation and dust control system. Similarly

the dust generated from the proposed rock phosphate grinding unit will be collected in a

dedicated bag filter with an air handling capacity of 15,000 m3/hr. The concentration of the

particulate matter emissions from the proposed bag filters will be maintained at 50 mg/Nm3.

The vents from these bag filters will be placed suitably.

10.4.1.3. Emissions from Proposed Coal Fired Boiler

Due to utilization of the high calorific and low ash content coals, coal consumption will be

reduced which in turn results in reduction of overall SO2 emissions from the proposed coal

fired boiler. These estimated SO2 emissions will be almost 1.5 times lower than that of the

boilers fired with Indian coal having lower calorific value. It is proposed to adopt dry

limestone addition method for capturing at least 50% of the total SO2 emissions within the

combustion chamber of the proposed FBC boiler. The uncontrolled emissions from the boiler

when operated with 100% imported coal will be in the order of 2370 Kg/day, which will be

further reduced to 1188 Kg/day through dry lime addition process. About 3 Kg limestone

(80% quality) would be required for remove every kilogram of SO2 emissions in the

combustion chamber. This means about 3000 Kg/day of limestone would be required for the

control emissions to the desired levels. Typical SO2 concentration in the stack will be in the

order of 700 mg/Nm3 as against the conventional coal fired boiler stacks of 1500 mg/Nm3.

Considering 168 TPD of coal with 12% ash, the estimated uncontrolled particulate emissions

(fly ash) from the boiler will be in the order of 750 Kg/hr with a dust load of 11 grams/Nm3

on the electrostatic precipitator. The proposal electrostatic precipitator (ESP) will be designed

to meet an outlet particulate matter concentration less than 50 mg/Nm3 as per the applicable

standards. Unlike Indian coal, imported coals will experience higher volatile matter and

moisture content which will help to enhance the conductivity of fly ash particles that will

further help in achieving higher dust removal efficiencies in the ESP.

A continuous online stack monitoring unit will be installed at the proposed coal fired boiler





Management Plan


stack to measure Particulate matter, SO2 and NOx.

10.4.2. Noise Management Plan

The following noise control management plan will be adopted in line with the existing

measures:

The proposed back-pressure steam turbine will be placed within a closed room with

noise reduction number of 30 dBA across the room walls, thereby achieving a noise

level of 70 dBA outside the room.

The selection of pumps and Induced (ID) Fans will be such that the noise levels at 1m

distance will be less than 85 dBA

Inline with the existing noise control management plan, ear plugs will be provided to

workmen working near high noise generating sources (inside turbine generator room

and ID fans)

The predicted noise level data reconfirms that the overall impacts on the neighbouring

areas will be insignificant. The existing greenbelt and plantation on the south and

western side of the plant area further helps to attenuate the noise levels from the plant.

A robust preventive maintenance program is being undertaken and vibration and

noise monitoring of all the major noise generating equipment is being carried out by

Coromandel in the existing facility. Similar practices will be adopted during the post

project scenario.

10.4.3. Water and Wastewater Management

Similar to the existing facility, ground water will not be used for the proposed project. Raw

water requirement will be totally met with the supply from existing source of water ie from

GVMC. Water flow meters are installed at the main intake point and also individual process

units (PAP, SAP, cooling towers etc).

The additional fresh water required for the upgrade scheme to the tune of 3300 m3/day will be

sourced from the GVMC and necessary permits for the supply of additional water for the

plant will be obtained from Greater Vishakhapatnam Municipal Corporation (GVMC) in

addition to the existing water allocation of 9092 m3/day, is enclosed as Annexure-27. As far

as possible, low-flush toilets and urinals will be installed to minimize the domestic water

consumption in the plant.





Management Plan


Due to recycling of maximum quantities treated wastewater in the main plant, there will not

be any additional wastewater generation from the facility during the post project scenario. In

line with the existing operations, the total treated wastewater will be limited to less 1800

m3/day.

The additional sea water will be sourced from existing sea water intake channel. Sea water

discharge into common industrial drain will be 80,400 m3/day post project

10.4.4. Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Ash generated from the proposed boiler will be stored in dedicated silos and the same will be

disposed to local brick manufacturing units and cement plants. The total gypsum generation

form the facility during the post project scenario will be about 5000 TPD. Coromandel has

signed necessary expression of interests from cement plants for the disposal of fly ash and

gypsum.

10.4.5. Storm Water Management

Considering the average precipitation in the area 950 mm/year as per the IMD long term

records, the estimated storm water runoff from the entire facility will be in the order 13 Lakh

cubic meters per year. Since the ground water table at the site is very shallow (2 to 3m)

during the post monsoon, the possibility of storm water recharge at the facility may not be

very successful. However the management of Coromandel has already developed 7 recharge

pits to harvest the storm water collected from the rooftops in the plant.

10.5. Budgetary Cost Estimates for Environmental Management

The estimated cost of the various items under environmental management programs will be

in the order of Rs. 2642 Lakhs. The recurring expenditure for the post project will be about

Rs 1.0 crore per annum Break-up of the budget for the proposed expansion environmental

management programmes are presented in Table 10.1





Management Plan


Table 10-1 Proposed Budget for Environmental Management Plan Items Rs. Lakhs

ESP and stack for the proposed boiler 300 Limestone preparation and addition system (boiler unit) 350 Covered coal yard with water sprinklers 320 Scrubbers Modification in SAP 1 and SAP 2 units 150 New scrubbers in PAP 310 Bag filters at rock phosphate handling & grinding areas 58 New Fluorine recovery unit in PAP 432 Dust enclosures at gypsum pad 40 Single liner system for the proposed gypsum pad 500 Upgrading the garland drains for the gypsum storage pad 60 Installation of additional 5 test wells as per TOR 2 Online monitoring systems for the boiler and PAP units 120 Total ( in Rs. Lakhs) 2642

10.6. Proposed CSR Programs

As it was elucidated in section 1.3 of this EIA report, Coromandel has been undertaking

various CSR programs at plant and corporate levels across all their operations in India. The

management of Coromandel has constituted a CSR committee and the company Board of

directors is constantly monitoring various activities. Based on the local and regional needs,

Coromandel is focusing on the key CSR activities in the areas of education, environment and

health and disaster relief support. The management of Coromandel has spent about Rs. 3.13

Cr. On various CSR activities in the region during the past 6 years and summary of the same

is presented in Table 10.2. The annual CSR report of Coromandel is enclosed as Annexure

30.

Table 10-2 Expenditure Incurred for CSR during Years 2011-2016 (Rs in Lakhs)

S.No Heading 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 Total 1 Disaster Relief -- -- -- 0.3 100.0 100.3 2 Education 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.0 5.0 4.7 13.2 3 Environment -- -- 106.0 -- -- -- 106.0 4 Health -- -- 1.2 0.1 48.0 24.1 73.4 5 Infrastructure -- -- 3.7 0.1 4.5 6.5 14.7 6 Social Welfare 0.7 0.5 0.7 1.9 -- 2.5 6.3

Total 1.3 1.3 112.7 3.3 157.5 37.7 313.9 As a continued support for the CSR activities, the management of Coromandel has proposed

to spend about Rs. 10 Lakhs per year for various CSR activities in the study area with a

focused approach on education, health, regional plantation and disaster relief.




Chapter 11: Conclusion


11. CONCLUSION

Based on the information stated in the project report and also an independent assessment on

the baseline environmental status and also prediction of impacts the following conclusions

are made by the EIA consulting organization and study team.

Due to utilization of the high calorific, low Sulfur and low ash content coals, the

overall SO2 emissions from the proposed coal fired boiler will be almost 1.5 times

lower than that of the boilers fired with any other solid fuels having lower calorific

value and high sulphur

In addition to the existing pollution control systems and environmental management

program of the existing facility, the management of Coromandel has proposed to

invest additionally about Rs.2642 Lakhs towards various pollution control and

environmental management programs under the proposed project

The management of Coromandel has spent about Rs. 3.13Cr. on various CSR

activities in the region during the past 6 years. As a continued support for the CSR

activities, the management of Coromandel has proposed to spend about Rs. 10 Lakhs

per year for various CSR activities in the study area with a focused approach on

education, health, regional plantation and disaster relief

The proposed project will generate direct employment of 100 people and indirect

employment of 175 people resulting into overall employment potential of 275 people.

The project will given an impetus to induced industrial growth in region.

The proposed project is structured to be in line with the requirements of MoEF &

CC/CPCB.

Thus, it can be concluded that with the judicious and proper implementation of the pollution

control and mitigation measures, the proposed project can proceed without any significant

negative impact on the environment.




Chapter 12:Disclosure of Consultants


12. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1. Introduction

The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environment Management Plan (EMP)

report has been prepared by carrying out various scientific studies. The studies have been

carried out by Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited, Chennai, India.

The profiles of the Consultant is given below

12.2. Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited – EIA Consultant

Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Ltd (CMSRSL) is a joint venture between the Murugappa

group, India and Mitsui Sumitomo Insurance Group, Japan. CMSRSL is an ISO 9001:2008

certified company. CMSRSL offers safety and environmental consulting services across

Indian, Middle East and East Asian countries. CMSRL consists of six consulting domains

such as environmental engineering and management, process safety, fire safety, electrical

safety, construction safety and logistics risk assessment. CMSRS is a NABET accredited EIA

consulting organization for undertaking EIA studies in the following sectors: paper and pulp,

thermal power plants, petroleum refineries, petrochemical complex, chemical fertilizers,

synthetic organic chemical industries, ports and harbours and area development projects.

CMSRSL has offered environmental and safety related consulting services for more than

5000 clients during last decade

12.2.1. Details of Experts/Consultants Engaged for this EIA Study

Table 12-1 Details of Experts/Consultants Engaged for this EIA Study

S.No. Name Role in the EIA Study 1 Mr B. P. Raju EIA Coordinator – Chemical Fertilizers (Sector No.16) 2 Mr V S Bhaskar Functional Area Expert(FAE) - Meteorology, Air Quality

Modelling and Prediction Functional Area Expert (FAE) - Water Pollution Prevention, Control & Prediction of Impacts Functional Area Expert (FAE) - Noise / Vibration Functional Area Expert (FAE) – Risk & Hazards Management

3 Mr. D. Ravishankar Associate EIA Coordinator Functional Area Expert (FAE) - Air Pollution Prevention, Monitoring and Control Functional Area Expert FAE –Solid & Hazardous Waste Management




Chapter 12:Disclosure of Consultants


S.No. Name Role in the EIA Study 4 Mr. Rajendra Prasad J Functional Area Expert (FAE) – Land Use 5 Dr. T. P. Natesan Functional Area Expert (FAE) – Hydrology, Ground

Water & Water Conservation 6 Dr. Mangalam

Balasubramaniam Functional Area Expert (FAE) – Socio-Economics

7 Mr. C S Karthick Functional Area Expert (FAE) – Socio-Economics Mr. Sivarama Krishna Functional Area Expert (FAE) – Ecology and

Biodiversity 8 Dr.Balakrishnan Functional Area Expert (FAE) – Ecology and

Biodiversity 9 Ms Sathya S Functional Area Expert (FAE) – Solid and Hazardous

waste

Other Technical Team Members

S. No. Technical Team members

1 Mr. Pudi Rama Satya Kamesh – AFAE in AP & AQ 2 Mr. B. Mahendra

External Labs/Agencies involved in EIA Study

Base line Environmental data - Ambient air Quality, Water, Soil and Noise sampling & analysis.

M/s. Team Labs & Consultants, Hyderabad

environmental impact assessment study

Documents